WO2022089553A1 - Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置 - Google Patents

Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022089553A1
WO2022089553A1 PCT/CN2021/127202 CN2021127202W WO2022089553A1 WO 2022089553 A1 WO2022089553 A1 WO 2022089553A1 CN 2021127202 W CN2021127202 W CN 2021127202W WO 2022089553 A1 WO2022089553 A1 WO 2022089553A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ppdu
field
bandwidth
eht
value
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/127202
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
淦明
李伊青
刘辰辰
李云波
郭宇宸
于健
杨讯
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202011469254.XA external-priority patent/CN114501638A/zh
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to JP2023526425A priority Critical patent/JP2023547491A/ja
Priority to KR1020237018078A priority patent/KR20230093508A/ko
Priority to EP21885280.4A priority patent/EP4228215A4/en
Publication of WO2022089553A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022089553A1/zh
Priority to US18/308,454 priority patent/US20230354284A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0092—Indication of how the channel is divided
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602—Signal structure
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18—Negotiating wireless communication parameters
    • H04W28/20—Negotiating bandwidth
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0457—Variable allocation of band or rate
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/10—Small scale networks; Flat hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/12—WLAN [Wireless Local Area Networks]

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a method and a related device for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a physical layer protocol data unit PPDU.
  • IEEE 802.11ax The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11ax standard has become difficult to Meet user needs in terms of high throughput, low jitter, and low latency. Therefore, there is an urgent need to develop the next-generation wireless local area networks (WLAN) technology, namely the IEEE 802.11be standard or the extremely high throughput (EHT) standard or the Wi-Fi7 standard. Different from IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11be will adopt ultra-large bandwidth, such as 320MHz, to achieve ultra-high transmission rate and support scenarios of ultra-dense users.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • EHT extremely high throughput
  • a site that supports the 802.11ax standard but does not support the 802.11be standard is referred to as a High Efficient (HE) site
  • a site that supports the 802.11be standard is referred to as an EHT site.
  • HE High Efficient
  • IEEE 802.11ax introduces an uplink scheduling transmission method based on trigger frames, which schedules one or more stations for uplink data transmission through trigger frames (trigger frames) sent by access points (APs).
  • APs access points
  • the IEEE 802.11be standard will follow the IEEE 802.11ax uplink scheduling transmission method based on the trigger frame, so in order to maintain compatibility, the trigger frame should be used to trigger the HE station and the EHT station to perform uplink data transmission at the same time.
  • the bandwidth indicated by the uplink bandwidth field in the trigger frame is also a maximum of 160MHz, while the maximum transmission bandwidth supported by the 802.11be standard is 320MHz. Therefore, in the 802.11be standard, in order to achieve larger bandwidth transmission, the trigger frame should be used to trigger the EHT station to perform uplink data transmission on a bandwidth greater than 160MHz.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide an uplink bandwidth indication method and related device for PPDU, which can multiplex a trigger frame of 802.11ax to trigger an EHT station to perform uplink data transmission on a bandwidth greater than 160 MHz, and does not affect the HE station to receive the trigger frame, There is no need to redesign a new trigger frame to schedule the EHT station for uplink data transmission, so that the trigger frame has the ability to trigger the EHT station to perform uplink data transmission on a bandwidth greater than 160MHz on the premise of ensuring the compatibility of the trigger frame. It can also reduce complexity and save signaling overhead.
  • the present application provides a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU.
  • the method includes: an AP generates and sends a trigger frame, where the trigger frame includes first indication information, the first indication information and a common information field of the trigger frame
  • the upstream bandwidth field in jointly indicates the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream physical layer protocol data unit PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the distribution of the HE TB PPDU and/or the EHT TB PPDU within the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU.
  • the present application provides a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU.
  • the method includes: an AP generates and sends a trigger frame, where the trigger frame includes first indication information, the first indication information and a common information field of the trigger frame
  • the upstream bandwidth field in jointly indicates the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream physical layer protocol data unit PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the method further includes: the AP receives the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; wherein, the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is based on the One or more items of the first indication information, the uplink bandwidth field, and the second indication information are determined.
  • the present application provides a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU.
  • the method includes: a STA receives and parses a trigger frame, where the trigger frame includes first indication information, the first indication information and a common information field of the trigger frame
  • the Uplink Bandwidth field in the joint indicates the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the trigger-based high-efficiency physical layer protocol data unit HE TB PPDU and/or the extremely high throughput physical layer protocol data unit EHT TB PPDU is in the upstream PPDU Distribution within the total bandwidth of the transmission.
  • the present application provides a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU.
  • the method includes: a STA receives and parses a trigger frame, where the trigger frame includes first indication information, the first indication information and a common information field of the trigger frame
  • the Uplink Bandwidth field in the joint indicates the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the method further includes: the STA generates an HE TB PPDU or an EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is based on the first One or more of the indication information, the uplink bandwidth field, and the second indication information are determined; the STA sends the generated HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU according to the indication of the second indication information.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is an AP or a chip in the AP, such as a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the communication device includes: a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit is used to generate a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the uplink physical layer.
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate the trigger-based high-efficiency physical layer protocol data unit HE TB PPDU and/or extremely high throughput physical layer protocol data
  • the distribution of the unit EHT TB PPDU in the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU; the transceiver unit is used to send the trigger frame.
  • the processing unit is used to generate a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the uplink physical layer.
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU;
  • the transceiver unit is used to send the trigger frame.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive HE TB PPDU or EHT TB PPDU.
  • the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is determined based on one or more of the first indication information, the uplink bandwidth field, and the second indication information.
  • the processing unit is used to generate a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate extremely high throughput.
  • the bandwidth of the physical layer data protocol unit EHT TB PPDU, the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate the frequency domain fragmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and / or the frequency domain fragmentation of the HE TB PPDU, the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the bandwidth jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field, and the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field;
  • the transceiver unit which is used to send the trigger frame.
  • the processing unit is used to generate a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the EHT TB PPDU
  • the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU
  • the transceiver unit is used to send the trigger frame.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit is also used to receive HE TB PPDU or EHT TB PPDU; wherein, the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is set to the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field combination. indicated value.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is a STA or a chip in the STA, such as a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the status of the uplink PPDU.
  • the total transmission bandwidth; the trigger frame also includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the trigger-based high-efficiency physical layer protocol data unit HE TB PPDU and/or the extremely high throughput physical layer protocol data unit EHT TB PPDU are in The distribution within the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU; the processing unit is used for parsing the trigger frame.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the status of the uplink PPDU.
  • the total transmission bandwidth; the trigger frame also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; the processing unit is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit is also used to generate HE TB PPDU or EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is based on the first indication information, the uplink bandwidth One or more items in the field and the second indication information are determined; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is further configured to send the generated HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU according to the indication of the second indication information.
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information
  • the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate the frequency domain segmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and/or the frequency domain segmentation of the HE TB PPDU.
  • slice the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the bandwidth jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field
  • the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field;
  • the processing unit is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • the transceiver unit is used to receive a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information
  • the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate that the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU;
  • the processing unit is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit is also used to generate HE TB PPDU or EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of this EHT TB PPDU is set to the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field jointly indicated. value; the above-mentioned transceiver unit is further configured to send the generated HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU according to the indication of the second indication information.
  • the present application provides a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU.
  • the method includes: an AP generates and sends a trigger frame, where the trigger frame includes first indication information, the first indication information and a common information field of the trigger frame
  • the Uplink Bandwidth field in the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicates the bandwidth of the Very High Throughput Physical Layer Data Protocol Unit, and the Uplink Bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain fragmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and/or the frequency domain fragmentation of the HE TB PPDU, and the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the first indication information
  • the bandwidth indicated in conjunction with the upstream bandwidth field, the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field.
  • the present application provides a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU.
  • the method includes: an AP generates and sends a trigger frame, where the trigger frame includes first indication information, the first indication information and a common information field of the trigger frame
  • the Uplink Bandwidth field in the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicates the bandwidth of the Very High Throughput Physical Layer Data Protocol Unit, and the Uplink Bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the method further includes: the AP receives the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; wherein, the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is set to A value jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field.
  • the present application provides a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU.
  • the method includes: a STA receives and parses a trigger frame, where the trigger frame includes first indication information, the first indication information and the information of the trigger frame.
  • the upstream bandwidth field in the common information field jointly indicates the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU, and the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain fragmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and/or the frequency domain fragmentation of the HE TB PPDU, and the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the The bandwidth jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field, the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field
  • the present application provides a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU.
  • the method includes: a STA receives and parses a trigger frame, where the trigger frame includes first indication information, the first indication information and the information of the trigger frame.
  • the upstream bandwidth field in the common information field jointly indicates the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU, and the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the method further includes: the STA generates a HE TB PPDU or an EHT TB PPDU, where the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is set to The value indicated jointly by the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field; the STA sends the generated HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU according to the indication of the second indication information.
  • the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device is specifically an AP, including a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor and the transceiver are configured to perform the method described in the above first aspect, or the above second aspect, or the above seventh aspect, or the above eighth aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication apparatus, where the communication apparatus is specifically a STA, and includes a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor and the transceiver are configured to perform the method described in the above third aspect, the above fourth aspect, or the above ninth aspect, or the above tenth aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device can exist in the form of a chip product, and the structure of the communication device includes an input and output interface and a processing circuit.
  • the input-output interface and the processing circuit are used to execute the method described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the above-mentioned fourth aspect, or any one of the above-mentioned seventh aspect to the above-mentioned tenth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where program instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the program instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned first aspect to the above-mentioned fourth aspect Any one of the aspects, or the method according to any one of the above seventh aspect to the above tenth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product comprising program instructions, which, when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspect to the above-mentioned fourth aspect, or the above-mentioned seventh aspect to the above-mentioned aspect The method of any one of the tenth aspects.
  • the trigger frame of 802.11ax can be multiplexed to trigger the EHT site to perform uplink data transmission on a bandwidth greater than 160 MHz, so that the trigger frame has the ability to trigger the EHT on the premise of ensuring the compatibility of the trigger frame.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2a is a schematic structural diagram of an access point provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 2b is a schematic structural diagram of a site provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the division of frequency-domain fragmentation in a 320 MHz channel provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of an uplink scheduling transmission method based on a trigger frame in the 802.11ax standard
  • Figure 5a is a schematic diagram of the frame format of the trigger frame in the 802.11ax standard
  • Figure 5b is a schematic diagram of the frame format of the public information field and the user information field in the trigger frame of the 802.11ax standard;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a first user information field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an uplink multi-user PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the division of 320MHz channels on the 6GHz frequency band.
  • Figure 10a is a schematic time sequence diagram of an AP triggering a station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.1;
  • Figure 10b is a schematic time sequence diagram of an AP triggering a station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.2;
  • Figure 10c is a schematic time sequence diagram of an AP triggering a station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.3;
  • Figure 10d is a schematic diagram of the timing sequence of the AP triggering the station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.4;
  • Figure 10e is a schematic time sequence diagram of the AP triggering the station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.5;
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the timing sequence of the AP triggering the station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 2.5;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • system architecture and/or application scenarios of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below. It is understandable that the system architecture and/or scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an uplink bandwidth indication method for PPDU, which can multiplex the trigger frame of 802.11ax to trigger the EHT station to perform uplink data transmission on a bandwidth greater than 160 MHz, and does not affect the HE station to receive the trigger frame, and does not need to be redesigned
  • the new trigger frame is used to schedule the EHT station for uplink data transmission, so that the trigger frame has the ability to trigger the EHT station to perform uplink data transmission on a bandwidth greater than 160MHz under the premise of ensuring the compatibility of the trigger frame, and can also reduce complexity and saving signaling overhead.
  • the PPDU uplink bandwidth indication method can be applied to a wireless communication system, such as a wireless local area network system, and the PPDU uplink bandwidth indication method can be implemented by a communication device in the wireless communication system or a chip or processor in the communication device.
  • the communication device may be an access point device or a station device; the communication device may also be a wireless communication device that supports parallel transmission of multiple links, for example, the communication device may be referred to as a multi-link device , MLD) or multi-band devices.
  • MLD multi-link device
  • multi-link devices Compared with communication devices that only support single-link transmission, multi-link devices have higher transmission efficiency and greater throughput.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system may include one or more APs (such as AP1 or AP2 in FIG.
  • the AP and the STA support a WLAN communication protocol, which may include IEEE 802.11be (or Wi-Fi 7, EHT protocol), and may also include IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11ac and other protocols.
  • IEEE 802.11be or Wi-Fi 7, EHT protocol
  • the communication protocol may also include the next-generation protocol of IEEE 802.11be, and the like.
  • the device implementing the method of the present application may be an AP or STA in the WLAN, or a chip or a processing system installed in the AP or STA.
  • An access point (such as AP1 or AP2 in FIG. 1 ) is a device with wireless communication function, supports communication using the WLAN protocol, and has the function of communicating with other devices (such as stations or other access points) in the WLAN network, of course , and can also have the ability to communicate with other devices.
  • an access point may be referred to as an access point station (AP STA).
  • the device with wireless communication function can be a complete device, or a chip or a processing system installed in the complete device. The device with these chips or processing system installed can be controlled by the chip or the processing system.
  • the AP in this embodiment of the present application is a device that provides services for the STA, and can support the 802.11 series of protocols.
  • the AP can be a communication entity such as a communication server, router, switch, and bridge; the AP can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, etc.
  • the AP can also be the chips and processing devices in these various forms of equipment. system, so as to implement the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • a station (eg STA1 or STA2 or STA3 in FIG. 1 ) is a device with wireless communication function, supports communication using WLAN protocol, and has the ability to communicate with other stations or access points in the WLAN network.
  • a station can be referred to as a non-access point station (non-access point station, non-AP STA).
  • STA is any user communication device that allows the user to communicate with the AP and then communicate with the WLAN.
  • the device with wireless communication function can be a complete device, or a chip or a processing system installed in the complete device. The devices on which these chips or processing systems are installed may implement the methods and functions of the embodiments of the present application under the control of the chips or processing systems.
  • the STA may be a tablet computer, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a notebook computer, an Ultra-mobile Personal Computer (UMPC), a handheld computer, a netbook, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, etc.
  • UMPC Ultra-mobile Personal Computer
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the WLAN system can provide high-speed and low-latency transmission.
  • the WLAN system will be applied in more scenarios or industries, such as the Internet of Things industry, the Internet of Vehicles industry, or the Banking industry, used in corporate offices, stadiums and exhibition halls, concert halls, hotel rooms, dormitories, wards, classrooms, supermarkets, squares, streets, production workshops and warehousing, etc.
  • devices that support WLAN communication can be sensor nodes in smart cities (such as smart water meters, smart electricity meters, and smart air detection nodes), smart devices in smart homes (such as smart cameras, projectors, etc.) devices, display screens, TV sets, stereos, refrigerators, washing machines, etc.), nodes in the Internet of Things, entertainment terminals (such as AR, VR and other wearable devices), smart devices in smart office (such as printers, projectors, Amplifiers, stereos, etc.), IoV devices in the Internet of Vehicles, infrastructure in daily life scenarios (such as vending machines, self-service navigation desks in supermarkets, self-service cash registers, self-service ordering machines, etc.), and large-scale sports And equipment for music venues, etc.
  • the specific forms of the STA and the AP are not limited in the embodiments of the present application, which are only exemplary descriptions herein.
  • FIG. 2a is a schematic structural diagram of an access point provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the AP may be multi-antenna or single-antenna.
  • the AP includes a physical layer (PHY) processing circuit and a medium access control (MAC) processing circuit, the physical layer processing circuit can be used to process physical layer signals, and the MAC layer processing circuit can be used to process MAC layer signal.
  • PHY physical layer
  • MAC medium access control
  • the 802.11 standard focuses on the PHY and MAC parts.
  • FIG. 2b is a schematic structural diagram of a site provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2b shows a schematic diagram of a STA structure with a single antenna.
  • the STA may also have multiple antennas, and may be a device with more than two antennas.
  • the STA may include a PHY processing circuit and a MAC processing circuit
  • the physical layer processing circuit may be used for processing physical layer signals
  • the MAC layer processing circuit may be used for processing MAC layer signals.
  • channels are usually divided into master channels and slave channels, wherein slave channels may contain one or more sub-channels. If 20MHz is used as the basic bandwidth unit for division, the 320MHz channel can be divided into 16 sub-channels, which are sequentially numbered from channel 1 to channel 16, and each number represents a 20MHz channel.
  • a WLAN channel may include multiple frequency domain slices, wherein the bandwidth of each frequency domain slice may be 80MHz, 40MHz, 20MHz or 160MHz.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of division of frequency domain slices in a 320 MHz channel provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3 , taking the bandwidth of the frequency domain slice as an example of 80 MHz, the 320 MHz channel shown in FIG. 3 can be divided into 4 frequency domain slices. Frequency domain slices may also be referred to as frequency slices, or simply slices or segments.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of an uplink scheduling transmission method based on a trigger frame in the 802.11ax standard.
  • the trigger frame-based uplink scheduling transmission method specifically includes:
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, which is used to schedule one or more STAs to send an uplink trigger-based HE PPDU (in general, a PPDU can also be called a data packet, or a data packet).
  • Trigger-based HE PPDU can be abbreviated as HE TB PPDU (High Efficient Trigger Based Physical layer Protocol Data Unit).
  • the trigger frame includes resource scheduling information and other parameters for one or more stations to send uplink sub-PPDUs.
  • the STA After the STA receives the trigger frame, it parses out the user information field that matches its own association identification (AID) from the trigger frame, and then assigns the resource unit allocation subfield in the user information field to the user information field.
  • the HE TB PPDU is sent on the indicated RU. If the station does not receive a user information field matching its own AID, but receives an AID for random competition, the station can still perform orthogonal frequency division multiple access (orthogonal frequency division multiple access) on the resource block indicated by the corresponding user information field. multiple access, OFDMA) random contention to transmit uplink TB PPDU.
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
  • each field that may be included in the HE TB PPDU can be referred to as shown in Table 1 below.
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), or may be sent in the form of non-high throughput (non-HT) Send in copy transmission form.
  • Ack frames include Ack frames and Block Ack frames, where Block Ack frames include compressed Block Ack frames and Multi-STA Block Ack frames.
  • Ack frame and Block Ack frame are confirmation of information sent to one station, and Multi-STA Block Ack is the confirmation of information sent to one or more stations.
  • FIG. 5a is a schematic diagram of a frame format of a trigger frame in the 802.11ax standard.
  • the trigger frame includes a common information (common information) field and a user information list (user information list) field.
  • the public information field contains public information that all STAs need to read
  • the user information list field includes one or more user information fields
  • a user information field contains information that one STA needs to read.
  • FIG. 5b is a schematic diagram of the frame format of the public information field and the user information field in the trigger frame of the 802.11ax standard.
  • the association identification 12 (association identification 12, AID12) represents the association identification of a certain STA
  • the resource unit (RU) allocation (RU allocation) subfield is used to indicate this The specific resource unit position allocated to the STA (the STA indicated by AID12).
  • the trigger frame type field occupies 4 bits and is used to indicate the type of trigger frame. For the corresponding relationship between the value of the trigger frame type field and the type of the trigger frame, refer to Table 2 below.
  • the upstream bandwidth field occupies 2 bits and is used to indicate the bandwidth in the HE-SIG-A of the HE TB PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, indicating that the bandwidth in the HE-SIG-A is 20MHz; the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, indicating that the bandwidth in the HE-SIG-A is 40MHz; the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 2, Indicates that the bandwidth in HE-SIG-A is 80MHz; the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 3, indicating that the bandwidth in HE-SIG-A is 160MHz.
  • the HE-LTF symbol number and midamble period fields occupy 3 bits.
  • the Doppler field occupies 1 bit.
  • the number of HE-LTF symbols is used in conjunction with the midamble period field and the Doppler field.
  • the 3 bits in the number of HE-LTF symbols and the midamble period field are used to indicate the number of HE-LTF symbols.
  • the value of the number of HE-LTF symbols and the intermediate code period field is 0, indicating that the number of HE-LTF symbols is 1; the value of the number of HE-LTF symbols and the intermediate code period field is 1, indicating that the number of HE-LTF symbols is 1
  • the number is 2; the value of the number of HE-LTF symbols and the intermediate code period field is 2, indicating that the number of HE-LTF symbols is 4; the value of the number of HE-LTF symbols and the intermediate code period field is 3, indicating HE -
  • the number of LTF symbols is 6; the value of the number of HE-LTF symbols and the midamble period field is 4, indicating that the number of HE-LTF symbols is 8; the number of HE-LTF symbols and other values of the midamble period field is a reserved value.
  • the first 2 bits in the HE-LTF symbol number and midamble period field are used to indicate the number of HE-LTF symbols, the number of HE-LTF symbols and the midamble period
  • the third bit in the field is used to indicate the midamble period.
  • the value of the current 2 bits is 0, it indicates that the number of HE-LTF symbols is 1; when the value of the current 2 bits is 1, it indicates that the number of HE-LTF symbols is 2; the value of the current 2 bits is 2 When it is 2, it indicates that the number of HE-LTF symbols is 4; the value of the first 2 bits is 3, which is a reserved value.
  • the value of the third bit in the HE-LTF symbol number and midamble period field is 0, indicating that the midamble period is 10 symbols; the third bit is 1, indicating that the midamble period is 20 symbols .
  • the AID12 field occupies 12 bits, and its value and meaning can be referred to as shown in Table 3 below.
  • the user information field is used to allocate one or more consecutive random access RUs to the managed station. If the value of the AID12 field of a user information field is any value from 1 to 2007, the user information field is used to carry information that needs to be read by a site whose AID matches the value of the AID12 field. If the value of the AID12 field of a user information field is 2046, the user information field is used to indicate that an RU is not allocated. If the value of the AID12 field of a user information field is 4095, the user information field is used as a padding field. In addition, in the 802.11ax standard, the values 2008-2044 and 2047-4094 of the AID12 field are still reserved values and are not defined.
  • the resource unit allocation field may indicate the size and location of the allocated RU jointly with the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field.
  • the uplink bandwidth field in the above public information field occupies 2 bits, the maximum indicates a bandwidth of 160MHz, that is to say, the trigger frame of 802.11ax triggers the station to perform uplink data transmission on a bandwidth of 160MHz at most; while the 802.11be standard supports The maximum transmission bandwidth is 320MHz.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an uplink bandwidth indication method for PPDU, which can multiplex the trigger frame of 802.11ax to trigger the EHT station to perform uplink data transmission on a bandwidth greater than 160MHz, and does not Affects the HE site to receive the trigger frame, and there is no need to redesign a new trigger frame to schedule the EHT site for uplink data transmission, so that the trigger frame has a bandwidth greater than 160MHz that can trigger the EHT site on the premise of ensuring the compatibility of the trigger frame. It can also reduce the complexity and save the signaling overhead.
  • the AP and STA in this application can be either a single-link device or a functional entity or functional unit in a multi-link device.
  • the AP in this application is a certain part of the AP multi-link device.
  • AP, and the STA is a certain STA in the site multi-link device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the AP supports the IEEE 802.11be protocol (or Wi-Fi 7, EHT protocol), and can also support other WLAN communication protocols, such as IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11ac and other protocols.
  • At least one of the one or more STAs supports the IEEE 802.11be protocol.
  • the AP and the STA in the embodiments of the present application may also support the next-generation protocol of IEEE 802.11be. That is to say, the method for indicating the uplink bandwidth of the PPDU provided in the embodiment of the present application is not only applicable to the IEEE 802.11be protocol, but also applicable to the next-generation protocol of IEEE 802.11be.
  • the STA in this embodiment of the present application may be either an HE site or an EHT site.
  • HE stations can only transmit HE TB PPDUs.
  • EHT stations can transmit both HE TB PPDUs and trigger-based EHT PPDUs.
  • Trigger-based HE PPDUs can be abbreviated as EHT TB PPDUs (extremely high throughput Trigger Based Physical layer Protocol Data Unit) .
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for indicating an uplink bandwidth of a PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the uplink bandwidth indication method of the PPDU includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the AP generates a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the high throughput rate physical layer data protocol unit EHT TB PPDU Bandwidth or total transmission bandwidth of upstream PPDUs.
  • the frame format of the above trigger frame can be referred to as shown in FIG. 5a, and includes a public information field and a user information list field.
  • the frame format of the common information field can refer to the common information field part shown in FIG. 5b, including the upstream bandwidth field, which is used to indicate the bandwidth in the HE-SIG-A of the HE TB PPDU.
  • the trigger frame may include first indication information.
  • the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU, or the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU. It should be understood that the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is the sum of the bandwidth of the upstream HE TB PPDU and the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU.
  • the above-mentioned first indication information may also be directly used to indicate the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU or the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU, without the need for joint uplink bandwidth field indication.
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the trigger-based efficient physical layer protocol data unit HE TB PPDU and/or EHT TB PPDU are within the total transmission bandwidth of the above-mentioned uplink PPDU.
  • the distribution of here the distribution refers to the bandwidth size and frequency domain slicing).
  • the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain fragmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and/or the frequency domain fragmentation of the HE TB PPDU.
  • the above trigger frame can be used to schedule one or more EHT sites to perform uplink multi-user transmission, and can also schedule HE sites and EHT sites to perform uplink multi-user transmission at the same time, that is, support uplink multi-user mixed transmission mode. It should be understood that the HE station can only transmit HE TB PPDU, and the EHT station can transmit both HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU.
  • the HE/EHT short training field, the HE/EHT long training field, and the data field in the PPDU are transmitted on the resource block, and the resource block indication information is located in the user information field that matches the AID of the site, and the following are the same, and will not be repeated here.
  • the trigger frame for non-HT replication transmission on the main 80MHz or main 160MHz cannot be punctured, that is, on each 20MHz on the main 80MHz or main 160MHz Both need to transmit non-HT trigger frames.
  • the AP sends the trigger frame. Accordingly, the STA receives the trigger frame.
  • the STA parses the trigger frame.
  • the STA generates an HE TB PPDU or an EHT TB PPDU
  • the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is based on the first indication information, the uplink bandwidth field, and the second indication information. one or more of the determinations.
  • the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is set to a value jointly indicated by the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field.
  • the STA sends the generated HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU according to the indication of the second indication information. Accordingly, the AP receives the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the embodiment of the present application carries the first indication information in the trigger frame of 802.11ax, which is used to directly indicate or jointly indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU or the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU; and carry the second indication information, which is used to indicate The distribution of HE TB PPDUs and/or EHT TB PPDUs within the total transmission bandwidth of uplink PPDUs, or indicating the frequency domain slicing of EHT TB PPDUs and/or the frequency domain slicing of HE TB PPDUs, or directly instructing EHT stations to transmit HE TBs
  • the PPDU is still the EHT TB PPDU; so that the EHT station sets the bandwidth field of the communication signaling field in the EHT TB PPDU based on one or more of the first indication information, the uplink bandwidth field, and the second indication information, and then according to the second indication
  • the indication of the information transmits the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the trigger frame of 802.11ax can be multiplexed to trigger the EHT station to perform uplink data transmission on a bandwidth greater than 160MHz, so that the trigger frame has a bandwidth that can trigger the EHT station to be greater than 160MHz on the premise of ensuring the compatibility of the trigger frame.
  • it does not affect the HE station to receive the trigger frame, and there is no need to redesign a new trigger frame to schedule the EHT station to perform uplink data transmission, which can reduce complexity and save signaling overhead.
  • the above-mentioned first indication information may be located in the unused bits (or reserved bits) of the public information field of the trigger frame, or may be located in a special user information field (denoted as the first user information) of the trigger frame. field).
  • the value of the associated identifier AID12 field in the first user information field is a preset value, and the preset value may be an AID that is not currently used, that is, any one of 2008 to 2044 or 2046 to 4095, such as the first user information
  • the value of AID12 in the field is 2044, indicating that the first user information field carries part of the public information of the trigger frame.
  • the first indication information may be called an uplink bandwidth extension field, and may also have other names, such as a bandwidth indication field, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field and the upstream bandwidth field jointly indicate the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU or the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the embodiment of the present application expands the 802.11ax trigger frame, and adds an upstream bandwidth extension field to the 802.11ax trigger frame. in a special user information field.
  • the first indication information may be called an uplink PPDU total bandwidth field, and may also have other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the upstream PPDU total bandwidth field is directly used to indicate the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU.
  • the first indication information may be called an uplink EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field, and may also have other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is directly used to indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the above-mentioned second indication information may be located in the reserved bits of the public information field of the above-mentioned trigger frame, or located in a special user information field (referred to as the first user information field), or may be located in the trigger frame. in the second user information field.
  • the AID12 field in the second user information field is used to indicate the association identifier of a certain STA, and its value is any value from 1 to 2007.
  • the second indication information may be called an EHT/HE indication field, and may also have other names, such as a PPDU type indication field, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second indication information may be located in the reserved bits of the common information field of the trigger frame, or in the first user information field.
  • this embodiment of the present application adds an EHT/HE indication field to a special user information field of the 802.11ax trigger frame, which is used to instruct the EHT station to transmit the HE TB on one or more frequency-domain slices in the uplink bandwidth PPDU is also EHT TB PPDU.
  • the "uplink bandwidth" mentioned in the embodiment of the present application is the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU, and the two can be used interchangeably.
  • the second indication information may be located in the reserved bits of the common information field of the trigger frame, or in the first user information field.
  • the second indication information may be located in the second user information field.
  • 1 bit is added to the user information field of the trigger frame to indicate whether the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure of a first user information field provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows that the first indication information and the second indication information are carried in the first user information field.
  • the first user information field includes an AID12 field, an uplink bandwidth extension field, an EHT/HE indication field, and the like.
  • the value of the AID12 field is any one of 2008 to 2044, or 2046 to 4095, such as 2044.
  • the AID12 field occupies 12 bits
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field occupies 2 bits or 3 bits
  • the EHT/HE indication field occupies x bits
  • the value of x may be 1, 2 or 4.
  • the HE station can only decode the upstream bandwidth field correctly, but will not decode the upstream bandwidth extension field.
  • first indication information The specific implementation manners of the first indication information and the second indication information are respectively described in detail below. For ease of understanding, an implementation manner of the second indication information is introduced first, and then an implementation manner of the first indication information is introduced.
  • the second indication information is located in the first user information field or in the reserved bits of the common information field of the trigger frame.
  • the EHT/HE indication field is used to indicate whether the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU on one or more frequency domain slices in the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU.
  • Embodiment a-1 If only the main 160MHz channel can be used for mixed transmission of HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth granularity (frequency domain fragmentation) of uplink sub-PPDU transmission is 80MHz, the EHT/HE indication field can be occupied. 2 bits, the first bit of the two bits corresponds to the first 80MHz channel, and the second bit corresponds to the second 80MHz channel. The value of the first bit is used to indicate whether the first 80MHz channel in the main 160MHz channel transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU. The value of the second bit is used to indicate whether the second 80MHz channel within the main 160MHz channel transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the value of the first bit when the value of the first bit is 0, it indicates that the first 80MHz channel transmits the HE TB PPDU; when the value of the first bit is 1, it indicates that the first 80 MHz transmits the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the first 80MHz channel is instructed to transmit the EHT TB PPDU; when the value of the first bit is 1, the first 80MHz is instructed to transmit the HE TB PPDU.
  • first 80MHz channel and the second 80MHz channel may adopt one of the following designs, which are applied to all embodiments of this application:
  • the first 80MHz channel is the primary 80MHz channel
  • the second 80MHz channel is the secondary 80MHz channel.
  • the first 80MHz channel is the slave 80MHz channel
  • the second 80MHz channel is the master 80MHz channel
  • the first 80MHz channel is the first 80MHz channel in the order from low frequency to high frequency under 160MHz bandwidth
  • the second 80MHz channel is the second 80MHz channel in the order from low frequency to high frequency under 160MHz bandwidth.
  • the first 80MHz channel is the first 80MHz channel in the sequence from high frequency to low frequency in 160MHz bandwidth
  • the second 80MHz channel is the second 80MHz channel in the sequence from high frequency to low frequency in 160MHz bandwidth.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an uplink multi-user PPDU provided by an embodiment of the present application. It is assumed that the value of the bit is 0, indicating the transmission of the HE TB PPDU; the value of the bit is 1, indicating the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU. Assuming that the first 80MHz channel and the second 80MHz channel adopt design 1, when the value of the EHT/HE indication field is 01, it means that the EHT site transmits the HE TB PPDU on the primary 80MHz channel within the primary 160MHz, and the EHT site is within the primary 160MHz The EHT TB PPDU is transmitted from the 80MHz channel. It can be understood that FIG.
  • the uplink multi-user PPDU is a HE TB PPDU and an EHT TB PPDU.
  • the EHT station (here, there may be one or more EHT stations) transmits HE TB PPDUs on both the primary 80MHz channel and the secondary 80MHz channel within the primary 160MHz.
  • the EHT station (here, there may be one or more EHT stations) transmits EHT TB PPDUs on both the primary 80MHz channel and the secondary 80MHz channel within the primary 160MHz. That is to say, in this case, the uplink multi-user PPDU is composed of multiple sub-PPDUs of the same PPDU type.
  • Embodiment a-2 If it is limited that only the main 160MHz channel can be used for mixed transmission of HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth granularity (frequency domain fragmentation) of uplink sub-PPDU transmission is 160MHz, then the EHT/HE indication field can be occupied. 1 bit, this 1 bit is used to indicate whether the EHT station transmits HE TB PPDU or EHT TB PPDU within the main 160MHz.
  • the EHT station can transmit the EHT TB PPDU on the slave 160MHz channel by default.
  • Embodiment a-3 if the 320MHz channel can be used to mix HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth granularity (frequency domain fragmentation) of uplink sub-PPDU transmission is 80MHz, then the EHT/HE indication field can occupy 4 bits. These 4 bits correspond to 4 80MHz channels in 320MHz bandwidth. The value of each bit is used to indicate whether the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU on the 80MHz channel corresponding to the bit.
  • the uplink bandwidth ie, the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU
  • the bits corresponding to the 80MHz channel that is not within the uplink bandwidth ie, the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU
  • Embodiment a-4 If the 320MHz channel can be used to mix HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth granularity (frequency domain fragmentation) of uplink sub-PPDU transmission is 160MHz, then the EHT/HE indication field can occupy 2 bits. These two bits correspond to two 160MHz channels in a 320MHz bandwidth. The value of each bit is used to indicate whether the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU on the 160MHz channel corresponding to the bit.
  • the uplink bandwidth ie, the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU
  • the bits corresponding to the 160MHz channel that is not within the uplink bandwidth ie, the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU
  • the trigger frame may include the user information field of the HE TB PPDU sent to the HE station, and one or more of the user information fields of the EHT/HE TB PPDU sent by the EHT station, such as including both.
  • the station responds to the uplink multi-user PPDU, and the parameters of the general signaling field of the physical layer preamble included in the uplink EHT TB PPDU (the EHT TB PPDU part shown in Figure 8) are obtained from the received trigger frame, such as EHT Bandwidth signaling for TB PPDUs.
  • the general signaling fields of the uplink EHT TB PPDU include PHY (physical layer, physical layer) version identification number, TXOP (transmission opportunity, transmit opportunity), BSS (basic service set, basic service set) color, cyclic redundancy check code, tail bits and other fields.
  • PHY physical layer, physical layer
  • TXOP transmission opportunity, transmit opportunity
  • BSS basic service set, basic service set
  • cyclic redundancy check code tail bits and other fields.
  • the PHY version identification code field in the general signaling field in the physical layer preamble of the uplink EHT TB PPDU (or called sub-EHT TB PPDU) sent by the EHT station in response to the trigger frame can be obtained from the EHT/HE in the trigger frame. Indicates that the field is obtained.
  • the EHT station will transmit the HE TB PPDU in this frequency segment.
  • the HE TB PPDU is transmitted on the segment, and its physical layer preamble, such as the high-efficiency signaling field A, is the same as 802.11ax, and does not carry the PHY version identification number.
  • the EHT station transmits the EHT TB PPDU on the frequency segment, carrying the PHY version identification number field (such as 3 bits), and the PHY version
  • the ID field is set to the value corresponding to the EHT TB PPDU, such as "0".
  • Embodiment a-1 an example is given with reference to FIG. 8 . It is assumed that the value of the bit is 0, indicating the transmission of the HE TB PPDU; the value of the bit is 1, indicating the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the EHT site transmits the HE TB PPDU on the main 80MHz channel within the main 160MHz, and its physical layer preamble does not Including the PHY version identification number field; the EHT station transmits the EHT TB PPDU on the slave 80MHz channel within the main 160MHz, and the general signaling field in the physical layer preamble includes the PHY version identification number field, and the value is set to the corresponding EHT TB PPDU value "0".
  • the value of the bit is 0, indicating the transmission of the HE TB PPDU; the value of the bit is 1, indicating the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field is 0, it indicates that the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the main 160MHz channel, and its physical layer preamble does not include the PHY version identifier field.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field is 1, it means that the EHT station transmits the EHT TB PPDU on the main 160MHz channel.
  • the general field in the physical layer preamble includes the PHY version identification number field, and the value is set to the corresponding EHT TB PPDU. value "0".
  • Method b The second indication information is located in the common information field of the trigger frame.
  • the EHT/HE indication field is used to indicate whether the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU on the resource block allocated in the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU.
  • Embodiment b-1 If it is limited that only the main 160MHz channel can be used for mixed transmission of HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth granularity (frequency domain fragmentation) of uplink sub-PPDU transmission is 80MHz, the EHT/HE indication field can be occupied.
  • Two PHY version identification number fields the first PHY version identification number field in the PHY version identification number field corresponds to the first 80MHz channel, and the second PHY version identification number field corresponds to the second 80MHz channel.
  • the value of the first PHY version identification number field is used to indicate that the first 80MHz channel in the main 160MHz channel transmits the HE TB PPDU, the EHT TB PPDU or the PPDU of other next-generation types.
  • the value of the PHY version identification number field is used to indicate that the second 80MHz channel within the main 160MHz channel transmits the HE TB PPDU, the EHT TB PPDU or the PPDU of other next-generation types.
  • the value of the corresponding field is reserved because the PPDU of the next generation type is currently undetermined.
  • the first 80MHz channel and the second 80MHz channel may refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first PHY version identification number field is 3 bits, and the value is 0 (000 in binary), indicating that the first 80MHz channel transmits the HE TB PPDU; the value of the first bit is 1 (001 in binary) , indicating that the first 80MHz transmits the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the value of the first PHY version identification number field is 0, indicating that the first 80MHz channel transmits the EHT TB PPDU; the value of the first bit is 7, indicating that the first 80MHz channel transmits the HE TB PPDU.
  • the value of the PHY version identification number field is 0, indicating the transmission of the HE TB PPDU; the value of the PHY version identification number field is 1, indicating the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the EHT/HE indication field is 000 001, indicating that the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the primary 80MHz channel within the primary 160MHz, and the EHT station transmits the EHT TB PPDU on the secondary 80MHz sub-channel within the primary 160MHz.
  • Embodiment b-2 If only the main 160MHz channel can be used for mixed transmission of HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth granularity (frequency domain fragmentation) of uplink sub-PPDU transmission is 160MHz, the EHT/HE indication field can be occupied. 1 PHY version identification number field, the 1 PHY version identification number field is used to indicate that the EHT station transmits HE TB PPDU, EHT TB PPDU or other next-generation type PPDU within the main 160MHz.
  • the EHT station can transmit the EHT TB PPDU on the slave 160MHz channel by default.
  • Embodiment b-3 If the 320MHz channel can be used to mix HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth granularity (frequency domain fragmentation) of uplink sub-PPDU transmission is 80MHz, then the EHT/HE indication field can occupy 4 PHY version identification number field.
  • the four PHY version identification number fields correspond one-to-one with four 80MHz channels in a 320MHz bandwidth.
  • the value of each PHY version identification number field is used to indicate that the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the 80MHz channel corresponding to the PHY version identification number field, and the EHT TB PPDU is still the next generation type of PPDU. It can be understood that, if the uplink bandwidth is less than 320MHz, the PHY version identification number field corresponding to the 80MHz channel that is not within the uplink bandwidth may be ignored/omitted or unused.
  • Embodiment b-4 If the 320MHz channel can be used to mix HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth granularity (frequency domain fragmentation) of uplink sub-PPDU transmission is 160MHz, then the EHT/HE indication field can occupy 2 PHY version identification number field.
  • the two PHY version identification number fields correspond one-to-one with two 160MHz channels in a 320MHz bandwidth.
  • the value of each PHY version identification number field is used to indicate that the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the 160MHz channel corresponding to the PHY version identification number field, and the EHT TB PPDU is still the next generation type of PPDU. It can be understood that, if the uplink bandwidth is less than 320MHz, the PHY version identification number field corresponding to the 160MHz channel that is not within the uplink bandwidth may be ignored/omitted or unused.
  • the EHT station transmits the PPDU type indicated by the PHY version identifier field on the frequency domain slice at this time.
  • the indication is HE TB PPDU
  • the physical layer preamble of the HE TB PPDU such as the high-efficiency signaling field A
  • the EHT station transmits the The frequency domain slice transmits the HE TB PPDU, and directly copies the PHY version identification number field (such as 3 bits) corresponding to the frequency domain slice in the trigger frame, for example, the value is "0"
  • the indication is the next generation PPDU of the EHT TB PPDU , directly copy the PHY version identification number field (for example, 3 bits) corresponding to the frequency domain slice of the trigger frame, for example, the value is "1".
  • the second indication information is located in the second user information field of the trigger frame. That is to say, 1 bit is added to the user information field in the trigger frame to carry the second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the 1 bit or the EHT/HE indication field is 0, it instructs the EHT station to transmit the HE TB PPDU; when the 1 bit or the EHT/HE indication field is 1, it instructs the EHT station to transmit the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the EHT station when the 1 bit or the EHT/HE indication field has a value of 0, the EHT station is instructed to transmit the EHT TB PPDU; when the 1 bit or the EHT/HE indication field has a value of 1, the EHT station is instructed to transmit the HE TB PPDU.
  • the second indication information is located in the common information field of the trigger frame.
  • the EHT/HE indication field is used to indicate the mode of the mixed transmission uplink PPDU, wherein the mixed transmission uplink PPDU refers to including the HE TB PPDU and the EHT TB PPDU. This field indirectly informs the EHT station whether to transmit the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the specific method is the same as before, and it is also judged by the 80MHz where the allocated resource block of the station is located.
  • the uplink PPDU mode of hybrid transmission includes one or more of the following:
  • the above mode may further consider that the frequency band less than 80MHz is punctured, such as 20MHz, 40MHz and so on.
  • the first 80MHz and the second 80MHz of the second 160MHz are sorted according to the frequency of 160MHz from high to low or from low to high.
  • the existing 160MHz 802.11ax site or 802.11ac site may combine the traditional preamble on every 20MHz of 160MHz, such as the L-SIG field, it will combine the preamble of the duplicate transmission on every 20MHz of 160MHz, such as 802.11
  • the HE-SIG-A field in ax, or the VHT-SIG-A field of 802.11ac proposes that the upstream PPDU of the main 160MHz transmission does not allow mixed transmission, so the upstream PPDU mode of mixed transmission includes one or more of the following:
  • the HE station receives the trigger frame and can only send the upstream HE TB PPDU.
  • the user information field in the trigger frame of 802.11ax is referred to as the user information field of the HE.
  • the EHT standard introduces 320MHz bandwidth (including multi-resource block combination in resource allocation), 16 spatial streams and other characteristics
  • the resource block in the user information field of the trigger frame (it should be understood that the resource block in this application is the resource unit RU)
  • the allocation field and the spatial stream allocation field need to be changed, and the changed user information field is called the user information field of the EHT.
  • the trigger frame designed by 802.11be is consistent with the user information field length of the trigger frame of the same type of 802.11ax.
  • the EHT site parses a user information field, that is, according to the user information field of the EHT.
  • the EHT station can still send the EHT TB PPDU or HE PPDU on the allocated resource block according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field.
  • the allocated resource block is indicated by the resource block allocation field in the trigger frame, which can indicate the resource block on which frequency domain slice the EHT station transmits.
  • the EHT site parses the user information field whose AID (association identifier) matches, and passes the resource in the user information field.
  • the 80MHz in which the allocated resource block indicated by the block allocation field is located determines whether to transmit the EHT TB PPDU or the HE TB PPDU.
  • the allocated resource block is indicated by the resource block allocation field in the trigger frame, and the combined EHT/HE indication field can indicate the type of uplink PPDU (EHT TB PPDU or HE TB PPDU) transmitted by the EHT site in the corresponding resource block. .
  • the B0 in the resource block allocation field in the HE user information field is used to indicate the primary 80MHz or the secondary 80MHz, and the reserved (reserved) bit (the 40th bit) in the HE user information field is set to 0 by default according to the protocol. It is understood that it is the main 160MHz (because the HE PPDU is only transmitted on the main 160MHz), and the resource block allocation field in the EHT user information field requires 9 bits, which is 1 bit more than the resource block allocation field in the HE user information field.
  • Another bit of the field can use the reserved bit (bit 40) in the HE user information field, denoted as the BS bit, the value is set to 0, indicating the primary 160MHz, set to 1, indicating the secondary 160MHz, and the HE user information is reserved
  • the meaning of the B0 bit (the first bit in the field) in the resource allocation field of the original 8 bits in the field is used to indicate the primary 80MHz or the secondary 80MHz, and the other 7-bit table can add some 802.11be newly supported resources block or a combination of multiple resource blocks. Therefore, the EHT station can determine the 80MHz(s) where the allocated resource block is located according to the HE user information field or the BS and BO bits in the EHT user information field.
  • the EHT site needs to parse two user information fields. If the transmission of the HE PPDU is instructed, the EHT site parses according to the user information field of the HE, and then sends the HE PPDU; if the transmission of the EHT TB is instructed. PPDU, the EHT station parses it according to the user information field of the EHT; then sends the EHT TB PPDU.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the division of 320MHz channels on the 6GHz frequency band.
  • 802.11be devices may be divided into the first version and the second version.
  • the first version of the EHT AP does not support the sending of mixed scheduling trigger frames
  • the second version of the EHT AP supports the sending of the trigger frame. Trigger frames for hybrid scheduling, so
  • the present invention proposes third indication information, wherein the third indication information is located in the first user information field or in the reserved bits of the public information field of the trigger frame, and is used to indicate whether the trigger frame is used to trigger the uplink PPDU of mixed transmission or non-mixed transmission The transmitted upstream PPDU.
  • the first indication information is located in the first user information field.
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field is used for the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the joint trigger frame to indicate the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU.
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field occupies 2 bits.
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field is a reserved field, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 3rd (or 7th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 0, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 0, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the third (or seventh) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the mixed uplink transmission of 20MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink PPDU may not be allowed in the protocol, so it can also be
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, and the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 2nd (or the 6th) numerical value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU of the joint instruction is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third (or seventh) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field is a reserved field, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third (or seventh) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or the 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the third (or seventh) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or the 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the mixed uplink transmission of 40MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink PPDU may or may not be allowed in the protocol, so it can also be
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third (or seventh) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or the 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 320MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU indicated by the joint indication is 160MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 320MHz;
  • the combination is reserved.
  • the first value to the fourth value may take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, and the fourth value are different from each other.
  • the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, and the fourth value is 3.
  • the fifth value to the eighth value may take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , respectively, and the fifth value, the sixth value, the seventh value, and the eighth value are different from each other.
  • the 5th value is 1, the 6th value is 2, the 7th value is 3, and the 8th value is 0.
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field is a reserved field, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 3rd (or 7th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 0, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 0, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the third (or seventh) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the mixed uplink transmission of 20MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink PPDU may not be allowed in the protocol, so it can also be
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 3rd (or 7th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the third (or seventh) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or the 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the mixed uplink transmission of 40MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink PPDU may or may not be allowed in the protocol, so it can also be
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated uplink PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third (or seventh) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or the 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field is a reserved field, and the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second (or sixth) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third (or seventh) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the 4th (or the 8th) value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU of the joint instruction is 160MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU indicated by the joint indication is 320MHz-1;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU indicated by the joint indication is 320MHz-2;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated upstream PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU indicated by the joint indication is 320MHz-1;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU indicated by the joint indication is 320MHz-2;
  • the combination is reserved.
  • the first value to the fourth value may take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, and the fourth value are different from each other.
  • the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, and the fourth value is 3.
  • the fifth value to the eighth value may take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , respectively, and the fifth value, the sixth value, the seventh value, and the eighth value are different from each other.
  • the 5th value is 1, the 6th value is 2, the 7th value is 3, and the 8th value is 0.
  • Embodiment 1.1 differs from Embodiment 1.2 in that: in Embodiment 1.2, 320 MHz is divided into 320 MHz-1 and 320 MHz-2 according to different frequency positions.
  • Embodiment 1.1 and Embodiment 1.2 can be summarized as shown in Table 4 below.
  • Embodiment 1.1 and the above-mentioned Embodiment 1.2 all involve the first to fourth numerical values, and the fifth to eighth numerical values; but the values of the first to fourth numerical values in different embodiments may be different. The same or may be the same, and similarly, the values of the fifth numerical value to the eighth numerical value in different embodiments may be different or may be the same.
  • the values from the first numerical value to the fourth numerical value are 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively; the values from the fifth numerical value to the eighth numerical value are respectively 1, 2, 3, and 0. .
  • the values of the first numerical value to the fourth numerical value in Embodiment 1.1 are 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively, and the values of the first numerical value to the fourth numerical value in Embodiment 1.2 are 3, 2, 1, and 0, respectively.
  • the values of the fifth numerical value to the eighth numerical value in Embodiment 1.1 are 1, 2, 3, and 0, respectively, and the values of the fifth numerical value to the eighth numerical value in Embodiment 1.1 are 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively. The following is the same, and will not be repeated here.
  • the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field can be set to 2 and the third value respectively, or the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field can be set respectively. for the 3rd and 6th values.
  • two methods are proposed:
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320MHz; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2nd and the 3rd value respectively , which is the reserved combination at this time.
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 2 and 3 respectively
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320MHz
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 3 and the 6th value respectively , which is the reserved combination at this time.
  • the upstream bandwidth field can be set to any value, that is, any one of 0 to 3.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320MHz.
  • the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field can be set to 2 and the third value respectively, or the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field can be Set to 3 and 6 respectively.
  • two methods are proposed:
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 3 and 6 respectively, the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320MHz-1; or, when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 2 respectively. and the third value, at this time, the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz-1; when the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field can be set to 3 and the sixth value respectively, this is a reserved combination.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320-1MHz; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2nd and the 3rd value respectively . This is the reserved combination.
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 2 and 3 respectively, the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320-1MHz; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 3rd and 3rd 6 value, this time is reserved combination.
  • the upstream bandwidth field can be set to any value, that is, any one of 0 to 3.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320-1MHz.
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2nd and 4th values respectively, or the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 3rd and 7th values respectively. numerical value.
  • two methods are proposed:
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 3rd and 7th values respectively, the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320MHz-2; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2nd and the 7th 4 value, this time is reserved combination.
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 2 and 4 respectively, the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320MHz-2; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 3rd and 4th values respectively 7 value, this time is reserved combination.
  • the upstream bandwidth field can be set to any value, that is, any one of 0 to 3.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is 320MHz-2.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU jointly indicated by the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field is the same as the bandwidth indicated by the uplink bandwidth field;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU indicated jointly by the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field is 160MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 320MHz;
  • the combination is reserved.
  • the first value to the fourth value may take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, and the fourth value are different from each other.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU jointly indicated by the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field is the same as the bandwidth indicated by the uplink bandwidth field;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU indicated jointly by the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field is 160MHz;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 320MHz-1;
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 320MHz-2.
  • the first value to the fourth value may take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, and the fourth value are different from each other.
  • the station transmits the upstream HE TB PPDU its bandwidth is the value indicated by the upstream bandwidth field.
  • its bandwidth is determined based on one or more of the uplink bandwidth field, the uplink bandwidth extension field, and the EHT/HE indication field, for example, including the following situations: based on the uplink bandwidth field and uplink
  • the bandwidth extension field is determined, or determined based on the uplink bandwidth extension field, or based on the EHT/HE indication field, or determined based on the uplink bandwidth field, the uplink bandwidth extension field, and the EHT/HE indication field.
  • the bandwidth of the uplink EHT TB PPDU may be determined only based on the EHT/HE indication field. Understandably, the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU is the sum of the bandwidth of the upstream HE TB PPDU and the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU.
  • the EHT station when the aforementioned second indication information is implemented by method c, after the EHT station receives the trigger frame, it can use the bandwidth of the general signaling field in the preamble of the uplink EHT TB PPDU.
  • the field is set to the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDU. This is because in the aforementioned method c, the EHT/HE indication field is in the user information field of the trigger frame, and the bandwidth of the specific EHT TB PPDU cannot be determined according to this field. However, there is an RU allocation field in the user information field of the trigger frame.
  • the EHT station sends the uplink EHT TB PPDU, it sends the uplink EHT TB PPDU on the corresponding resource according to the indication of the RU allocation field.
  • the bandwidth of the communication signaling field in the uplink physical layer preamble needs to pass through the uplink bandwidth field, the uplink bandwidth extension field, and the EHT/HE indication field.
  • One or more determinations include the following situations: determined based on the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field, or determined based on the uplink bandwidth extension field, or determined based on the EHT/HE indication field, or determined based on the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth field.
  • the bandwidth extension field and the EHT/HE indication field are determined.
  • the channel width field is used to indicate the basic service set (basic service set, BSS) bandwidth (that is, the maximum bandwidth of the PPDU supported for transmission in the BSS), and one or more CCFS fields are used to indicate the center of the BBS bandwidth frequency, so that the associated station can know whether the 320MHz PPDU transmitted by this BSS is 320MHz-1PPDU or 320MHz-2PPDU.
  • BSS basic service set
  • CCFS channel central frequency segment
  • Unassociated stations or stations in other basic service sets can learn whether the 320MHz PPDU transmitted by the BSS is 320MHz-1PPDU or 320MHz-2PPDU by receiving management frames, such as beacon frames, sent by APs in the basic service set; or through In the trigger frame the display indicates whether it is 320MHz-1 or 320MHz-2.
  • management frames such as beacon frames
  • the EHT site after the EHT site receives the trigger frame, if the bandwidth of the transmitted uplink EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, it can be based on the channel width (Channel width) field of the EHT operation element element, and the CCFS field to determine whether the 320MHz bandwidth is 320MHz-1 or 320MHz-2, and fill in the general signaling field of the preamble of the uplink EHT TB PPDU.
  • channel width Channel width
  • the bandwidth of the transmitted uplink EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, it can The 320MHz-1 or 320MHz-2 indicated in the joint indication of the uplink bandwidth extension field) is filled in the general signaling field of the preamble of the uplink EHT TB PPDU.
  • the foregoing second indication information adopts Embodiment a-3 of method a, that is, the 320MHz channel can be used to mix HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the EHT/HE indication field occupies 4 bits.
  • the unused bits in the 4-bit EHT/HE indication field depend on the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU. For example, if the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 160MHz, the 4-bit EHT/HE indication field has 2 bits unused; for another example, the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz, and the 4-bit EHT/HE indication field has 0 bits. Unused. It should be understood that the following examples are also applicable to other implementations of the second indication information.
  • the primary 80MHz channel is the first 80MHz channel
  • the secondary 80MHz channel is the second 80MHz channel
  • the secondary 160MHz channel is the third and fourth 80MHz channels.
  • the first to fourth 80MHz channels are obtained by sorting frequencies from high to low or from low to high.
  • the primary 80MHz channel may be any 80MHz channel in the frequency band
  • the secondary 80MHz channel is located next to the primary 80MHz channel
  • the secondary 160MHz channel is continuous.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, in which the uplink bandwidth field (its value is 3) indicates 160MHz, and the uplink bandwidth extension field (its value is the sixth value) combined with the uplink bandwidth field indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 0011 (0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the HE station or EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the first and second 80MHz channels according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the HE TB PPDU preamble is used for efficient signaling.
  • the bandwidth field of field A is set to 160MHz indicated by the upstream bandwidth field.
  • the EHT station transmits the EHT TB PPDU on the third and fourth 80MHz channels according to the uplink bandwidth field, the uplink bandwidth extension field, and the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU Set to 160MHz (this value can be determined based on the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field).
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • FIG. 10a is a schematic time sequence diagram of the AP triggering the station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.1.
  • the uplink multi-user PPDU includes HE TB PPDU with a bandwidth of 160 MHz and an EHT TB PPDU with a bandwidth of 160 MHz.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, in which the uplink bandwidth field (its value is 2) indicates 80MHz, and the uplink bandwidth extension field (its value is the second value) combined with the uplink bandwidth field indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 0100 (in this case, the last 2 bits of the EHT/HE indication field are reserved or unused; 0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the HE station or the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the first 80MHz channel according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the bandwidth of the efficient signaling field A in the preamble of the HE TB PPDU
  • the field is set to 80MHz as indicated by the Upstream Bandwidth field.
  • the EHT station transmits the EHT TB PPDU on the second 80MHz channel according to the uplink bandwidth field, the uplink bandwidth extension field, and the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is set to 80MHz ( This value can be determined based on the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field).
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • FIG. 10b is a schematic time sequence diagram of the AP triggering the station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.2.
  • the uplink multi-user PPDU includes the HE TB PPDU with a bandwidth of 80 MHz and the EHT TB PPDU with a bandwidth of 80 MHz.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, in which the uplink bandwidth field (its value is 2) indicates 80MHz, and the uplink bandwidth extension field (its value is the first value) combined with the uplink bandwidth field indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 1000 (in this case, the last 3 bits of the EHT/HE indication field are reserved or unused; 0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the EHT station After multiple stations receive the trigger frame, the EHT station transmits the EHT TB PPDU on the first 80MHz channel according to the uplink bandwidth field, the uplink bandwidth extension field, and the EHT/HE indication field. Let the Bandwidth field of the field be set to 80MHz (this value is determined based on the EHT/HE Indication field).
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • FIG. 10c is a schematic time sequence diagram of the AP triggering the station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.3.
  • the uplink multi-user PPDU includes an EHT TB PPDU with a bandwidth of 80MHz.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, in which the uplink bandwidth field (its value is 2) indicates 80MHz, and the uplink bandwidth extension field (its value is the third value) combined with the uplink bandwidth field indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 0111 (0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the HE station or the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the first 80MHz channel according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the bandwidth of the efficient signaling field A in the preamble of the HE TB PPDU
  • the field is set to 80MHz as indicated by the Upstream Bandwidth field.
  • the EHT station transmits the EHT TB PPDU on the second, third, and fourth 80MHz channels according to the uplink bandwidth field, the uplink bandwidth extension field, and the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is a common signal Let the Bandwidth field of the field be set to 320MHz (this value is determined based on the Upstream Bandwidth field).
  • the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU needs to be set to 320MHz, but the actual transmission bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is still 240MHz.
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • FIG. 10d is a schematic time sequence diagram of the AP triggering the station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.4.
  • the uplink multi-user PPDU includes the HE TB PPDU with a bandwidth of 80 MHz and an EHT TB PPDU with an actual transmission bandwidth of 240 MHz.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, in which the uplink bandwidth field (its value is 2) indicates 80MHz, and the uplink bandwidth extension field (its value is the third value) combined with the uplink bandwidth field indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 0011 (0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the HE station or the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the first 80MHz channel according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the bandwidth of the efficient signaling field A in the preamble of the HE TB PPDU
  • the field is set to 80MHz as indicated by the Upstream Bandwidth field.
  • the EHT station transmits the EHT TB PPDU on the third and fourth 80MHz channels according to the uplink bandwidth field, the uplink bandwidth extension field, and the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU Set to 160MHz (this value is determined based on the EHT/HE indication field).
  • the EHT/HE indication field indicates that the HE TB PPDU is transmitted on the first and second 80MHz channels, but the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU indicated by the upstream bandwidth field is only 80MHz, so the second 80MHz channel is punctured and only The first 80MHz channel can transmit HE TB PPDUs.
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • FIG. 10e is a schematic time sequence diagram of the AP triggering the station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 1.5.
  • the second 80MHz channel punctured uplink multi-user PPDU includes HE TB PPDU with bandwidth of 80MHz and EHT TB PPDU with bandwidth of 160MHz.
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field is used for the upstream bandwidth field in the common information field of the joint trigger frame to indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field occupies 2 bits; in the following embodiment 2.4, the uplink bandwidth extension field occupies 3 bits.
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field is a reserved field, and the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz. In this case, the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 20MHz.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated is 20MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third value, and this combination of values is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 20MHz upstream HE PPDU and 80MHz upstream EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission.
  • the upstream HE PPDU is transmitted at the primary 20MHz
  • the upstream EHT PPDU is transmitted at 80MHz in the secondary 160MHz.
  • the frequency bands within the 320MHz except the primary 20MHz and the 80MHz in the secondary 160MHz are punctured.
  • the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 0, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 20MHz uplink HE PPDU and 160MHz uplink EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission.
  • the upstream HE PPDU is transmitted on the primary 20MHz
  • the upstream EHT PPDU is transmitted on the secondary 160MHz.
  • all frequency bands within 320MHz except the primary 20MHz and the secondary 160MHz are punctured.
  • the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the mixed uplink transmission of 20MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink EHT PPDU may not be allowed in the protocol, so it can also be used for
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU indicated by the joint indication is 20MHz.
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 0, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 20MHz uplink HE PPDU and 160MHz uplink EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission. Of course, the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field is a reserved field, and the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz. In this case, the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 40MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission. Of course, the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 40MHz upstream HE PPDU and 160MHz upstream EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission. Of course, the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the mixed uplink transmission of 40MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink EHT PPDU may or may not be allowed in the protocol, so it can also be
  • the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 40MHz uplink HE PPDU and 160MHz uplink EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission. Of course, the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 160MHz (80MHz+80MHz).
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz. This is because there is no 240MHz bandwidth (80MHz+160MHz) in the EHT standard, so the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz, and it can be considered that 80MHz is punctured, and its actual transmission bandwidth is 240MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz. It should be understood that 80MHz+320MHz exceeds 320MHz, but the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is still 320MHz.
  • the combination is reserved.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz. This is because there is no 240MHz bandwidth (160MHz+80MHz) in the EHT standard.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz (160MHz+160MHz).
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz.
  • the possible maximum total bandwidth of uplink PPDU transmission is 320MHz. It should be understood that 160MHz+320MHz exceeds 320MHz, but the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is still 320MHz.
  • the combination is reserved.
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field in Embodiment 2.1 occupies 2 bits, and can represent 4 values from 0 to 3 in total.
  • the first value to the fourth value may take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, and the fourth value are different from each other. For example, the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, and the fourth value is 3.
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU in the embodiment 2.1 may be smaller than the value indicated by the uplink bandwidth field.
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field is a reserved field, and the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz. In this case, the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 20MHz.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated is 20MHz;
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third value, and this combination of values is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 20MHz upstream HE PPDU and 80MHz upstream EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission.
  • the upstream HE PPDU is transmitted at the primary 20MHz
  • the upstream EHT PPDU is transmitted at 80MHz in the secondary 160MHz.
  • the frequency bands within the 320MHz except the primary 20MHz and the 80MHz in the secondary 160MHz are punctured.
  • the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 0, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 20MHz uplink HE PPDU and 160MHz uplink EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission.
  • the upstream HE PPDU is transmitted on the primary 40MHz
  • the upstream EHT PPDU is transmitted on the secondary 160MHz.
  • the frequency bands within 320MHz except the primary 20MHz and the secondary 160MHz are punctured.
  • the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the mixed uplink transmission of 20MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink EHT PPDU may not be allowed in the protocol, so it can also be used for
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU indicated by the joint indication is 20MHz.
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 0, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 20MHz uplink HE PPDU and 160MHz uplink EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission. Of course, the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 0, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field is a reserved field, and the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz. In this case, the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the value combination is reserved (unused);
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 40MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission.
  • the upstream HE PPDU occupies the primary 40MHz
  • the upstream EHT PPDU occupies one 80MHz of the secondary 160MHz.
  • the frequency bands within the 320MHz except the primary 40MHz and the 80MHz of the secondary 160MHz are punched.
  • the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 40MHz uplink HE PPDU and 160MHz uplink EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission.
  • the upstream HE PPDU occupies the primary 40MHz
  • the upstream EHT PPDU occupies the secondary 160MHz.
  • the frequency bands within the 320MHz except the primary 40MHz and the secondary 160MHz are punched.
  • the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the mixed uplink transmission of 40MHz uplink HE PPDU and 80MHz uplink EHT PPDU may or may not be allowed in the protocol, so it can also be:
  • the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz.
  • the value of the uplink bandwidth field is 1, the value of the uplink bandwidth extension field is the second value, and the transmission bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz; at this time, the combination can be used to support 40MHz uplink HE PPDU and 160MHz uplink EHT PPDU mixed uplink transmission. Of course, the combination can still support non-A-PPDU transmission of the corresponding bandwidth, such as uplink HE PPDU, and another example, uplink EHT PPDU.
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the third value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the value of the upstream bandwidth field is 1, the value of the upstream bandwidth extension field is the fourth value, and the value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 160MHz (80MHz+80MHz).
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz. This is because there is no 240MHz bandwidth (80MHz+160MHz) in the EHT standard, so the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz, and it can be considered that 80MHz is punctured, and its actual transmission bandwidth is 240MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-1.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz. It should be understood that 80MHz+320MHz exceeds 320MHz, but the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is still 320MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-2.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz. This is because there is no 240MHz bandwidth (160MHz+80MHz) in the EHT standard.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz (160MHz+160MHz).
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-1.
  • the possible maximum total bandwidth of uplink PPDU transmission is 320MHz. It should be understood that 160MHz+320MHz exceeds 320MHz, but the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is still 320MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-2.
  • the possible maximum total bandwidth of uplink PPDU transmission is 320MHz. It should be understood that 160MHz+320MHz exceeds 320MHz, but the maximum possible total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is still 320MHz.
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field in Embodiment 2.2 occupies 2 bits, and can represent 4 values from 0 to 3 in total.
  • the first value to the fourth value may take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, and the fourth value are different from each other. For example, the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, and the fourth value is 3.
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 2 and 3 respectively, or the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 3 respectively. and the 3rd value.
  • two methods are proposed:
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz; or, when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2 and the third value respectively , at this time the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 3 and the third value respectively, this is a reserved combination.
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2 and the third value respectively, this time is Keep the combination.
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 3 and the third value respectively, this is reserved for combinations.
  • the upstream bandwidth field can be set to any value, that is, any one of 0 to 3, when the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz.
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2nd and the 3rd value respectively, or the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set respectively. for 3 and the 3rd value.
  • two methods are proposed:
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz-1; or, when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 2 and 3 value, at this time the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz-1; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 3 and the third value respectively, this is a reserved combination.
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320-1MHz; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2 and the third value respectively. This is the reserved combination.
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320-1MHz; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to 3 and the third value respectively , which is the reserved combination at this time.
  • the upstream bandwidth field can be set to any value, that is, any one of 0 to 3.
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz-1.
  • the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2nd and 4th values respectively, or the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 3rd and 4th values respectively. numerical value.
  • two methods are proposed:
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz-2; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 2nd and 4th values respectively , which is the reserved combination at this time.
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz-2; when the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field can be set to the 3rd and the 4th value respectively , which is the reserved combination at this time.
  • the upstream bandwidth field can be set to any value, that is, any one of 0 to 3.
  • the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz-2.
  • Embodiment 2.2 when the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz-1 or 320MHz-2 respectively, among the two methods, method 1 proposes to indicate the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth by one combination, and the other combination is reserved (unused) .
  • the existing 160MHz 802.11ax site or 802.11ac site may combine the traditional preamble on every 20MHz of 160MHz, such as the L-SIG field, or transfer the duplicate transmission on every 20MHz of 160MHz
  • Preamble combining such as the HE-SIG-A field in 802.11ax, or the VHT-SIG-A field in 802.11ac, proposes that the uplink PPDU transmitted by the main 160MHz does not allow mixed transmission, otherwise it will lead to 802.11ax sites supporting 160MHz or 802.11 The site preamble for ac was received incorrectly.
  • the size of the frequency segment of the EHT/HE indication field (the bandwidth granularity of uplink sub-PPDU transmission) needs to be 160 MHz. Therefore, the PPDU (A-PPDU) of the uplink mixed transmission cannot include both the uplink HE PPDU and the uplink EHT PPDU in the primary 160MHz. For example, within the 160MHz bandwidth, the primary 80MHz transmits the uplink HE PPDU and the secondary 80MHz transmits the uplink EHT PPDU, or the primary 80MHz.
  • the upstream EHT PPDU is transmitted and the upstream HE PPDU is transmitted on the secondary 80MHz; for example, within the 320MHz bandwidth, the primary 80MHz transmits the upstream HE PPDU, the secondary 80MHz transmits the upstream EHT PPDU and the secondary 160MHz. Transmits the EHT PPDU, or transmits the upstream EHT on the primary 80MHz PPDU, uplink HE PPDU is transmitted on the secondary 80MHz and EHT PPDU is transmitted on the secondary 160MHz; therefore, the design of the upstream bandwidth extension field of the trigger frame or the bandwidth of the upstream EHT PPDU does not need to support the above-mentioned mixed transmission of the upstream HE PPDU and the upstream EHT PPDU in the primary 160MHz. For example, the 4 kinds of mixed transmission mentioned above.
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is the same as the bandwidth indicated by the upstream bandwidth field;
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 80MHz;
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 160MHz;
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 320MHz.
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field in Embodiment 2.3 occupies 2 bits, and can represent 4 values from 0 to 3 in total.
  • the first value to the fourth value may take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, and the fourth value are different from each other. For example, the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, and the fourth value is 3.
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is the same as the bandwidth indicated by the upstream bandwidth field;
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 80MHz;
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 160MHz;
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 320MHz-1;
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU jointly indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field is 320MHz-2; other values are reserved.
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field in Embodiment 2.4 occupies 3 bits, and can represent 8 values from 0 to 7 in total.
  • the first value to the fifth value can take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, the fourth value, and the The fifth numerical value is different from each other. For example, the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, the fourth value is 3, the fifth value is 4, and the other values (ie 5, 6, 7) are reserved.
  • the station transmits the upstream HE TB PPDU its bandwidth is the value indicated by the upstream bandwidth field. If the station transmits the upstream EHT TB PPDU, its bandwidth is the bandwidth indicated by the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field jointly.
  • the bandwidth of the communication signaling field in the uplink physical layer preamble needs to be determined by the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field.
  • the fields such as Channel Width and CCFS in the EHT operation element are used to set the bandwidth value together.
  • the channel width field is used to indicate the bandwidth of the BSS (that is, the maximum bandwidth of the PPDU supported for transmission in the BSS), and one or more CCFS fields are used to indicate the center frequency of the BBS bandwidth, so that the associated station knows this Whether the 320MHz PPDU transmitted by the BSS is 320MHz-1PPDU or 320MHz-2PPDU.
  • Unassociated stations or stations in other basic service sets can learn whether the 320MHz PPDU transmitted by the BSS is 320MHz-1PPDU or 320MHz-2PPDU by receiving management frames, such as beacon frames, sent by APs in the basic service set; or through In the trigger frame the display indicates whether it is 320MHz-1 or 320MHz-2.
  • management frames such as beacon frames
  • the bandwidth of the transmitted uplink EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, the bandwidth field of the EHT operation element element and the CCFS field etc. to determine whether the 320MHz bandwidth is 320MHz-1 or 320MHz-2, and fill in the general signaling field of the preamble of the uplink EHT TB PPDU.
  • the EHT site after receiving the trigger frame, if the bandwidth of the transmitted upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, the EHT site can The 320MHz-1 or 320MHz-2 indicated in the joint indication of the uplink bandwidth extension field) is filled in the general signaling field of the preamble of the uplink EHT TB PPDU.
  • the foregoing second indication information adopts Embodiment a-3 of method a, that is, the 320MHz channel can be used to mix HE TB PPDU and EHT TB PPDU, and the EHT/HE indication field occupies 4 bits.
  • the unused bits in the 4-bit EHT/HE indication field depend on the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU. For example, if the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 160MHz, the 4-bit EHT/HE indication field has 2 bits unused; for another example, the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz, and the 4-bit EHT/HE indication field has 0 bits. Unused. It should be understood that the following examples are also applicable to other implementations of the second indication information. It should also be understood that various implementations of the foregoing second indication information are applicable to various implementations of the foregoing first indication information.
  • the primary 80MHz channel is the first 80MHz channel
  • the secondary 80MHz channel is the second 80MHz channel
  • the secondary 160MHz channel is the third and fourth 80MHz channels.
  • the first to fourth 80MHz channels are obtained by sorting frequencies from high to low or from low to high.
  • the primary 80MHz channel may be any 80MHz channel in the frequency band
  • the secondary 80MHz channel is located next to the primary 80MHz channel
  • the secondary 160MHz channel is continuous.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, in which the upstream bandwidth field (its value is 3) indicates 160MHz, and the upstream bandwidth extension field (its value is the second value) in conjunction with the upstream bandwidth field indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 0011 (0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the HE station or EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the first and second 80MHz channels according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the HE TB PPDU preamble is used for efficient signaling.
  • the bandwidth field of field A is set to 160MHz indicated by the upstream bandwidth field.
  • the EHT station sets the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU to 160MHz (this value is the value jointly indicated by the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field), and EHT TB PPDUs are transmitted on the third and fourth 80MHz channels as indicated by the EHT/HE Indication field.
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, in which the upstream bandwidth field (its value is 2) indicates 80MHz, and the upstream bandwidth extension field (its value is the first value) combined with the upstream bandwidth field indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 0100 (0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the HE station or the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the first 80MHz channel according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the bandwidth of the efficient signaling field A in the preamble of the HE TB PPDU
  • the field is set to 80MHz as indicated by the Upstream Bandwidth field.
  • the EHT station sets the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU to 80MHz (this value is the value jointly indicated by the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field), and
  • the EHT TB PPDU is transmitted on the second 80MHz channel as indicated by the EHT/HE Indication field.
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, in which the upstream bandwidth field (its value is 2) indicates 80MHz, and the upstream bandwidth extension field (its value is the first value) combined with the upstream bandwidth field indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 1000 (0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the trigger frame does not include the user information field of the scheduled HE site, that is, the value of the AID12 field in the user information field is not equal to the associated identifier of any HE site; and the trigger frame does not assign a second EHT site to the site. resources on 80MHz channels.
  • the EHT site After multiple sites receive the trigger frame, the EHT site sets the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU to 80MHz according to the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth extension field (this value is the upstream bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth field).
  • the value of the extension field joint indication ), and transmit the EHT TB PPDU on the first 80MHz channel according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field.
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame.
  • the upstream bandwidth field (its value is 2) indicates 80MHz
  • the upstream bandwidth extension field (its value is the third value) combined with the upstream bandwidth field indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 0111 (0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the HE station or the EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the first 80MHz channel according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the bandwidth of the efficient signaling field A in the preamble of the HE TB PPDU
  • the field is set to 80MHz as indicated by the Upstream Bandwidth field.
  • the EHT station sets the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU to 320MHz (this value is the value jointly indicated by the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field), and EHT TB PPDUs are transmitted on the second, third and fourth 80MHz channels as indicated by the EHT/HE Indication field.
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • the AP sends a trigger frame, in which the upstream bandwidth field (its value is 3) indicates 160MHz, and the upstream bandwidth extension field (its value is the first value) in conjunction with the upstream bandwidth field indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the value of the EHT/HE indication field in the trigger frame is 0011 or 0001 (0 indicates the transmission of the HE TB PPDU, and 1 indicates the transmission of the EHT TB PPDU).
  • the HE station or EHT station transmits the HE TB PPDU on the first and second 80MHz channels according to the indication of the EHT/HE indication field, wherein the HE TB PPDU preamble is used for efficient signaling.
  • the bandwidth field of field A is set to 160MHz indicated by the upstream bandwidth field.
  • the EHT station sets the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU to 80MHz (this value is the value jointly indicated by the uplink bandwidth field and the uplink bandwidth extension field), and
  • the EHT TB PPDU is transmitted on the fourth 80MHz channel as indicated by the EHT/HE Indication field.
  • the EHT/HE indication field when the value of the EHT/HE indication field is 0001, it indicates that the HE TB PPDU is transmitted on the first, second and third 80MHz channels, but the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU indicated by the upstream bandwidth field is only 160MHz, so the third 80MHz channel is punctured and only the first and second 80MHz channels can transmit HE TB PPDUs.
  • the EHT/HE indication field When the value of the EHT/HE indication field is 0011, it indicates that the EHT TB PPDU is transmitted on the third and fourth 80MHz channels, but the bandwidth of the jointly indicated EHT TB PPDU is only 80MHz, so the third and fourth Among the 80MHz channels, one 80MHz channel must be punctured, and which 80MHz channel is punctured depends on which 80MHz channel the resource allocated to the EHT station in the above trigger frame is located. For example, if the resource allocated to the EHT station in the above trigger frame is located on the fourth 80MHz channel, the third 80MHz channel is punctured, and only the fourth 80MHz channel can transmit EHT TB PPDUs. For another example, the resource allocated to the EHT site in the above trigger frame is located on the third 80MHz channel, then the fourth 80MHz channel is punctured, and only the third 80MHz channel can transmit the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the AP receives an uplink multi-user PPDU, where the uplink multi-user PPDU includes uplink sub-PPDUs sent by one or more stations. Then, the AP replies with an acknowledgment frame.
  • the acknowledgment frame sent to one or more stations may be sent in the form of downlink OFDMA, or may be sent in the form of non-HT copy transmission.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic time sequence diagram of an AP triggering a station to perform uplink data transmission in Example 2.5.
  • the third 80MHz channel is punctured, and the uplink multi-user PPDU includes the HE TB PPDU with a bandwidth of 160 MHz and the EHT TB PPDU with a bandwidth of 80 MHz.
  • Method 3 The first indication information is directly used to indicate the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU.
  • the first indication information is carried in the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU, and this field occupies 3 bits.
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the first value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the second value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the third value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the fourth value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the fifth value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz; other values are not used.
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field in Embodiment 3.1 occupies 3 bits, which can represent 8 values from 0 to 7 in total.
  • the first value to the fifth value can take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, the fourth value, and the The fifth numerical value is different from each other. For example, the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, the fourth value is 3, the fifth value is 4, and the other values (ie 5, 6, 7) are reserved.
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the first value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the second value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 40MHz;
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the third value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the fourth value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the fifth value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz-1;
  • the value of the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is the sixth value, it indicates that the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU is 320MHz-2; other values are not used.
  • the total bandwidth of the uplink PPDU occupies 3 bits, which can represent a total of 8 values from 0 to 7.
  • the first value to the sixth value can take any one of ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 ⁇ , and the first value, the second value, the third value, the fourth value, the third value
  • the 5th numerical value and the sixth numerical value are different from each other. For example, the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, the fourth value is 3, the fifth value is 4, the sixth value is 5, and the other values (ie 6, 7) are reserved.
  • the total transmission bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU and the uplink bandwidth field are two independent fields.
  • the uplink bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU is set to the first value (that is, the transmission bandwidth corresponding to the uplink PPDU is 20MHz)
  • the uplink bandwidth is Fields can be set to any value.
  • Embodiment 4.1 or 4.2 it is proposed in Embodiment 4.1 or 4.2:
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 ⁇ 3", such as 0 . Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the first value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any one of the other 3 values (such as 1 or 2 or 3) among the 4 values of "0 to 3".
  • the corresponding Three value combinations are reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 ⁇ 3", such as 1 . Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the second value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any one of the other three values (such as 0 or 2 or 3) among the four values of "0 to 3". The corresponding Three value combinations are reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 to 3", such as 2 or 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the third value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any of the other values among the four values of "0 to 3" (such as any one of 0, 1, 2, and then for example , any one of 0, 1, 3), the corresponding value combination is a reserved combination (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values from "0 to 3", such as 2 and 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the third value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to the other two values (such as 0, 1) among the four values of "0 to 3", and the corresponding combination of values is reserved. (Unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 to 3", such as 2 or 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU should be set to the 4th value and the upstream bandwidth field should be set to any of the other values among the 4 values (such as 0, 1, 2, and then for example , any one of 0, 1, 3), the corresponding value combination is a reserved combination (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values from "0 to 3", such as 2 and 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the 4th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to the other 2 values (such as 0, 1) among the 4 values of "0 ⁇ 3".
  • the combination of the 2 values is the reserved combination. (Unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 to 3", such as 2 or 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU should be set to the fifth value and the upstream bandwidth field should be set to any of the other values among the four values of "0 to 3" (such as any one of 0, 1, and 2, or, for example, 0,1,3), the corresponding value combination is reserved combination (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values from "0 to 3", such as 2 and 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the fifth value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to the other two values (such as 0, 1) among the four values of "0 to 3", and the corresponding combination of values is reserved. (Unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-1, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 to 3". , such as 2 or 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU should be set to the fifth value and the upstream bandwidth field should be set to any one of the other values among the four values of "0 to 3" (such as any one of 0, 1, 2, and another example , any one of 0, 1, 3), the corresponding value combination is a reserved combination (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-1, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values from "0 to 3", for example 2 and 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the 5th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to the other 2 values (such as 0 1) among the 4 values of "0 ⁇ 3". The combination of values corresponding to the reserved combination (unused ).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-2, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 to 3". , such as 2 or 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU should be set to the fifth value and the upstream bandwidth field should be set to any one of the other values among the four values of "0 to 3" (such as any one of 0, 1, 2, and another example , any one of 0, 1, 3), the corresponding value combination is a reserved combination (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-2, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values from "0 to 3", for example 2 and 3. Then the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the 5th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to the other 2 values (such as 0 1) among the 4 values of "0 ⁇ 3". The combination of values corresponding to the reserved combination (unused ).
  • Example 4.1 or 4.2 In Example 4.1 or 4.2:
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz. Then the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 0 and the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU should be set to the other 3 values (such as the 2nd to 4th values). The combination of the 3 values is the reserved combination (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz. Then the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 1 and the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU should be set to the other 3 values (such as the 1st, 3rd, and 4th values) and the corresponding 3 value combinations are reserved combinations (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, or the combination of values is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 and the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the other 2 values (that is, the 1st and 2nd values), and the corresponding 2 value combinations are reserved combinations (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, or the combination of values is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 3 and the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the other 2 values (that is, the 1st and 2nd values), and the corresponding 2 value combinations are reserved combinations (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-1, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-2, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 and the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the other 2 values (that is, the 1st and 2nd values), and the corresponding 2 combinations are reserved combinations (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-1, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MH-2, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 3 and the total transmission bandwidth field of the upstream PPDU is set to the other 2 values (that is, the 1st and 2nd values), and the corresponding 2 combinations are reserved combinations (unused).
  • the station transmits the upstream HE TB PPDU its bandwidth is the value indicated by the upstream bandwidth field.
  • the station transmits an uplink EHT TB PPDU its bandwidth is determined based on one or more of the uplink bandwidth field, the uplink PPDU total bandwidth field, and the EHT/HE indication field, for example, including the following situations: Based on the uplink bandwidth field Determined based on the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU, or determined based on the total bandwidth field of the uplink PPDU, or determined based on the EHT/HE indication field, or determined based on the uplink bandwidth field, the total uplink PPDU bandwidth field, and the EHT/HE indication field.
  • the bandwidth of the uplink EHT TB PPDU may be determined only based on the EHT/HE indication field.
  • the EHT station when the aforementioned second indication information is implemented by method c, after the EHT station receives the trigger frame, it can use the bandwidth of the general signaling field in the preamble of the uplink EHT TB PPDU.
  • the field is set to the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU indicated by the Uplink PPDU Total Bandwidth field.
  • the EHT/HE indication field is in the user information field of the trigger frame, and the bandwidth of the specific EHT TB PPDU cannot be determined according to this field.
  • the EHT station sends the uplink EHT TB PPDU, it sends the uplink EHT TB PPDU on the corresponding resource according to the indication of the RU allocation field.
  • Method 4 The first indication information is directly used to indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the first indication information is carried in the bandwidth field of the uplink EHT TB PPDU, and this field occupies 3 bits.
  • the value of the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is the first value, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is 40MHz
  • the value of the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is the third value, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the value of the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is the fourth value, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is the fifth value, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz; other values are not used.
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field in Embodiment 4.1 occupies 3 bits, and can represent 8 values from 0 to 7 in total.
  • the first value to the fifth value can take any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ respectively, and the first value, the second value, the third value, the fourth value, and the The fifth numerical value is different from each other. For example, the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, the fourth value is 3, the fifth value is 4, and the other values (ie 5, 6, 7) are reserved.
  • the value of the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is the first value, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz;
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is 40MHz
  • the value of the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is the third value, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz;
  • the value of the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is the fourth value, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz;
  • the value of the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is the fifth value, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-1;
  • the value of the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is the sixth value, it indicates that the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-2; other values are not used.
  • the uplink bandwidth extension field in Embodiment 4.2 occupies 3 bits, which can represent 8 values from 0 to 7 in total.
  • the first value to the sixth value can take any one of ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 ⁇ , and the first value, the second value, the third value, the fourth value, the third value
  • the 5th numerical value and the sixth numerical value are different from each other. For example, the first value is 0, the second value is 1, the third value is 2, the fourth value is 3, the fifth value is 4, the sixth value is 5, and the other values (ie 6, 7) are reserved.
  • the station transmits the upstream HE TB PPDU, its bandwidth is the value indicated by the upstream bandwidth field. If the station transmits an upstream EHT TB PPDU, its bandwidth is determined based on the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field.
  • the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field and the upstream bandwidth field are two independent fields.
  • the upstream bandwidth field can be Set to any value.
  • the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the first value
  • the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 20MHz
  • the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 ⁇ 3", such as 0.
  • the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the first value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any one of the other 3 values (such as 1 or 2 or 3) among the 4 values of "0 ⁇ 3", the corresponding 3 This value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values "0 ⁇ 3", such as 1. Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the second value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any one of the other 3 values (such as 0 or 2 or 3) among the 4 values of "0 ⁇ 3", the corresponding 3 This value combination is reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 ⁇ 3", such as 2 or 3. Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the third value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any one of the other values among the four values of "0 ⁇ 3" (such as any one of 0, 1, 2, or, for example, 0,1,3), the corresponding value combination is reserved combination (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values from "0 to 3", such as 2 and 3 . Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the third value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to the other 2 values (such as 0, 1) among the 4 values of "0 to 3", and the corresponding combination of values is a reserved combination ( Unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 ⁇ 3", such as 2 or 3. Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the 4th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any one of the other 3 values in the 4 values of "0 ⁇ 3" (such as any one of 0, 1, 2, and then For example, any one of 0, 1, 3), the corresponding value combination is a reserved combination (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values from "0 to 3", such as 2 and 3 . Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the 4th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to the other 2 values (such as 0, 1) among the 4 values of "0 ⁇ 3", and the corresponding combination is a reserved combination (unused ).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 ⁇ 3", such as 2 or 3. Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the 5th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any one of the other values among the 4 values of "0 ⁇ 3" (such as any one of 0, 1, 2, for example, 0,1,3), the corresponding value combination is reserved combination (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values of "0 ⁇ 3", such as 2 and 3 . Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the 5th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to other values (such as 0, 1) among the 4 values of "0 to 3", and the corresponding combination of values is a reserved combination (unused ).
  • the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the fifth value, at this time, the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MHz-1, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 ⁇ 3", Like 2 or 3. Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the 5th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any of the other values among the 4 values from "0 to 3", (the corresponding value combination is reserved combination (unused) .
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320-1MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values from "0 to 3", such as 2 and 3. Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the 5th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to other values (such as 0, 1) among the 4 values of "0 to 3", and the corresponding combination of values is a reserved combination (unused ).
  • the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the 6th value, at this time, the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320-2MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the four values of "0 ⁇ 3", Like 2 or 3. Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the fifth value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to any of the other values among the 4 values of "0 to 3", and the corresponding 3 combinations are reserved combinations (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320-2MHz, and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 of the 4 values from "0 to 3", such as 2 and 3. Then the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the 5th value and the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to other values (such as 0, 1) among the 4 values of "0 to 3", and the corresponding combination of values is a reserved combination (unused ).
  • Example 4.1 or 4.2 In Example 4.1 or 4.2:
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 20MHz. Then the upstream bandwidth field should be set to 0 and the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field should be set to any one of the other 3 values (such as one of the 2nd to 4th values), and the corresponding 3 combinations are reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 40MHz. Then the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 1 and the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field should be set to any one of the other 3 values (such as one of the 1st, 3rd, and 4th values), and the corresponding 3 combinations are reserved combinations (unused) .
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 and the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field needs to be set to any of the other 2 values (that is, one of the 1st and 2nd values), and the corresponding 2 combinations are reserved combinations (unused ).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 3 and the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field needs to be set to any of the other 2 values (that is, one of the 1st and 2nd values), and the corresponding 2 combinations are reserved combinations (unused ).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-1, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-2, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 2 and the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the other two values (that is, one of the first and second values), and the corresponding two combinations are reserved combinations (unused) .
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 80MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 160MHz.
  • the bandwidth of the upstream EHT TB PPDU is 320MHz-1, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field When the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 3, and the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field is set to the 6th value, at this time, the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth is 320MH-2, or the combination is reserved (unused).
  • the upstream bandwidth field needs to be set to 3 and the upstream EHT TB PPDU bandwidth field needs to be set to one of the other two values (that is, one of the first and second values), and the corresponding two combinations are reserved combinations (unused) .
  • the AP and the STA can be divided into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
  • the communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 . Wherein, the communication device is an access point or a station, and further, the communication device may be a device in an AP; or, the communication device is a device in a STA.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1 may be an AP or a chip in the AP, such as a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the communication device 1 includes: a processing unit 11 and a transceiver unit 12 .
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the uplink physical layer
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the protocol data unit PPDU; the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate the trigger-based high-efficiency physical layer protocol data unit HE TB PPDU and/or extremely high throughput physical layer protocol data
  • the distribution of the unit EHT TB PPDU in the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU; the transceiver unit 12 is used to send the trigger frame.
  • the processing unit 11 is used to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the uplink physical layer.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the protocol data unit PPDU; the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; the transceiver unit 12 is used to send the trigger frame.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit 12 is also used to receive HE TB PPDU or EHT TB PPDU;
  • the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is determined based on one or more of the first indication information, the uplink bandwidth field, and the second indication information.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate extremely high throughput
  • the bandwidth of the physical layer data protocol unit EHT TB PPDU, the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate the frequency domain fragmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and / or the frequency domain fragmentation of the HE TB PPDU, the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the bandwidth jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field, and the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field;
  • the transceiver unit 12 for sending the trigger frame.
  • the processing unit 11 is configured to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the EHT TB PPDU
  • the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; the transceiver unit 12 is used to send the trigger frame.
  • the above-mentioned transceiver unit 12 is also used to receive HE TB PPDU or EHT TB PPDU; wherein, the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of the EHT TB PPDU is set is the value jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field.
  • the communication device 1 can correspondingly execute the foregoing method embodiments, and the above operations or functions of each unit in the communication device 1 are respectively to implement the corresponding operations of the AP in the foregoing method embodiments, which are not repeated here for brevity. .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 2 may be a STA or a chip in the STA, such as a Wi-Fi chip or the like.
  • the communication device 2 includes: a transceiver unit 21 and a processing unit 22 .
  • the transceiver unit 21 is configured to receive a trigger frame, where the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the status of the uplink PPDU.
  • the total transmission bandwidth; the trigger frame also includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the trigger-based high-efficiency physical layer protocol data unit HE TB PPDU and/or the extremely high throughput physical layer protocol data unit EHT TB PPDU are in The distribution within the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU; the processing unit 22 is used for parsing the trigger frame.
  • the transceiver unit 21 is configured to receive a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the status of the uplink PPDU.
  • the total transmission bandwidth; the trigger frame also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; the processing unit 22 is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit 22 is also used to generate HE TB PPDU or EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of this EHT TB PPDU is based on the first indication information, One or more items of the uplink bandwidth field and the second indication information are determined; the above-mentioned transceiver unit 21 is further configured to send the generated HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU according to the indication of the second indication information.
  • the transceiver unit 21 is configured to receive a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the EHT TB PPDU
  • the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate the frequency domain segmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and/or the frequency domain segmentation of the HE TB PPDU.
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the bandwidth jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field, and the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field; the processing unit 22 is used for parsing the trigger frame.
  • the transceiver unit 21 is configured to receive a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the EHT TB PPDU
  • the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; the processing unit 22, for parsing the trigger frame.
  • the above-mentioned processing unit 22 is also used to generate HE TB PPDU or EHT TB PPDU, and the bandwidth field of the general signaling field in the preamble of this EHT TB PPDU is set to this first indication information and the value indicated in conjunction with the upstream bandwidth field; the above-mentioned transceiver unit 21 is also configured to send the generated HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU according to the indication of the second indication information.
  • the communication device 2 can correspondingly execute the foregoing method embodiments, and the above operations or functions of each unit in the communication device 2 are respectively to implement the corresponding operations of the STA in the foregoing method embodiments, which are not repeated here for brevity. .
  • the AP and the STA in the embodiments of the present application are described above, and the possible product forms of the AP and the STA are described below. It should be understood that any product with the functions of the AP shown in FIG. 12 and any product with the functions of the STA shown in FIG. 13 falls within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. It should also be understood that the following description is only an example, and the product forms of the AP and the STA in the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
  • the AP and STA described in the embodiments of this application may be implemented by a general bus architecture.
  • An AP includes a processor and a transceiver that communicates internally with the processor.
  • the processor is used to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the upstream physical layer protocol data unit.
  • the total transmission bandwidth of the PPDU; the trigger frame also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the trigger-based high-efficiency physical layer protocol data unit HE TB PPDU and/or extremely high throughput physical layer protocol data unit EHT TB
  • the processor is used to generate a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the upstream physical layer protocol data unit.
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU;
  • the transceiver is used to send the trigger frame.
  • the processor is used to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate a very high throughput physical layer.
  • the bandwidth of the data protocol unit EHT TB PPDU, the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain fragmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and/or HE
  • the frequency domain fragmentation of the TB PPDU, the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the bandwidth jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field, and the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field; transceiver, for sending the trigger frame.
  • the processor is used to generate a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU,
  • the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame further includes second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; the transceiver is used to send the trigger frame.
  • the STA includes a processor and a transceiver that communicates internally with the processor.
  • the transceiver is used to receive a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information
  • the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU.
  • This trigger frame also includes second indication information, and this second indication information is used to indicate that trigger-based high-efficiency physical layer protocol data unit HETB PPDU and/or extremely high throughput physical layer protocol data unit EHT TB PPDU are in this upstream PPDU
  • the distribution within the total transmission bandwidth of ; the processor is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • the transceiver is used to receive a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the total transmission bandwidth of the uplink PPDU.
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; the processor is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • the transceiver is used to receive a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information
  • the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU
  • the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain fragmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and/or the frequency domain fragmentation of the HE TB PPDU, the The bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the bandwidth jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field, and the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field
  • the processor is used for parsing the trigger frame.
  • the processor is configured to receive a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU,
  • the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; the transceiver is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • the AP and STA described in the embodiments of this application may be implemented by a general-purpose processor.
  • a general-purpose processor implementing an AP includes a processing circuit and an input and output interface that communicates with the internal connection of the processing circuit.
  • a processing circuit is used to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate an upstream physical layer protocol data unit.
  • the distribution of PPDUs in the total transmission bandwidth of the upstream PPDUs; the input and output interfaces are used to send the trigger frame.
  • a processing circuit is used to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate an upstream physical layer protocol data unit.
  • a processing circuit is used to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate a very high throughput physical layer.
  • the bandwidth of the data protocol unit EHT TB PPDU, the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the frequency domain fragmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and/or HE
  • the frequency domain fragmentation of the TB PPDU, the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the bandwidth jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field, and the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field; input and output interface, used for Send this trigger frame.
  • a processing circuit is used to generate a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU, The upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU; the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; an input and output interface is used to send the trigger frame.
  • a general-purpose processing circuit implementing STA includes a processing circuit and an input and output interface that is connected and communicated with the processing circuit.
  • an input and output interface is used to receive a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the transmission total of the uplink PPDU. bandwidth;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate that the trigger-based high-efficiency physical layer protocol data unit HE TB PPDU and/or extremely high throughput physical layer protocol data unit EHT TB PPDU are in the upstream The distribution within the total transmission bandwidth of the PPDU; the processing circuit is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • an input and output interface is used to receive a trigger frame
  • the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the transmission total of the uplink PPDU. bandwidth;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU;
  • the processing circuit is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • an input and output interface is used to receive a trigger frame, and the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field in the public information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU.
  • the upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU;
  • the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate the frequency domain fragmentation of the EHT TB PPDU and/or the frequency domain fragmentation of the HE TB PPDU,
  • the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU is the bandwidth jointly indicated by the first indication information and the upstream bandwidth field, and the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU is the bandwidth of the upstream bandwidth field;
  • a processing circuit is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • a processing circuit is used to receive a trigger frame, the trigger frame includes first indication information, and the first indication information and the uplink bandwidth field in the common information field of the trigger frame jointly indicate the bandwidth of the EHT TB PPDU, The upstream bandwidth field indicates the bandwidth of the HE TB PPDU; the trigger frame also includes second indication information, which is used to indicate whether the station transmits the HE TB PPDU or the EHT TB PPDU; the input and output interface is used to parse the trigger frame.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where computer program code is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the processor executes the computer program code, the electronic device executes the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which can exist in the form of a chip, and the structure of the device includes a processor and an interface circuit, and the processor is used to communicate with other devices through a receiving circuit, so that the device performs the above-mentioned The method of any of the embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a wireless communication system, including an AP and a STA, where the AP and the STA can execute the method in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the steps of the methods or algorithms described in conjunction with the disclosure of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented in a manner in which a processor executes software instructions.
  • the software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and the software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Erasable Programmable ROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable Programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, compact disk read only (CD-ROM), or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium may reside in an ASIC.
  • the ASIC may be located in the core network interface device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the core network interface device as discrete components.
  • the functions described in this application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the functions When implemented in software, the functions may be stored on or transmitted over as one or more instructions or code on a computer-readable medium.
  • Computer-readable media includes both computer-readable storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • a storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Small-Scale Networks (AREA)

Abstract

本申请涉及无线通信领域，比如应用于支持802.11be标准的无线局域网中，尤其涉及一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置。该方法包括：AP生成并发送触发帧，触发帧中携带第一指示信息，用于直接指示或联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽或上行PPDU的传输总带宽；并携带第二指示信息，用于指示HE TB PPDU和/或EHT TB PPDU在上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布，或直接指示EHT站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。实施本申请实施例，可以在保证触发帧的兼容性的前提下，使得触发帧具有能够触发EHT站点在大于160MHz的带宽上进行上行数据传输的能力。

Description

PPDU的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置
本申请要求于2020年10月28日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011174703.8、申请名称为“PPDU的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，以及2020年12月7日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011420634.4、申请名称为“PPDU的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，和2020年12月14日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011469254.X、申请名称为“PPDU的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权；以上专利申请的全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种物理层协议数据单元PPDU的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置。
背景技术
随着移动互联网的发展和智能终端的普及，数据流量快速增长，用户对通信服务质量的需求也越来越高，电气和电子工程师协会(institute of electrical and electronics engineers，IEEE)802.11ax标准已经难以在大吞吐量、低抖动和低延迟等方面满足用户需求。因此，迫切需要发展下一代无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)技术，即IEEE 802.11be标准或极高吞吐率(extremely high throughput，EHT)标准或Wi-Fi7标准。与IEEE 802.11ax不同，IEEE 802.11be将采用超大带宽，例如320MHz，以实现超高传输速率和支持超密集用户的场景。下文中将支持802.11ax标准而不支持802.11be标准的站点简称为高效(High Efficient，HE)站点，将支持802.11be标准的站点简称为EHT站点。
通常，站点(station，STA)需要通过信道竞争获得传输机会(transmission opportunity，TXOP)后再进行上行数据传输，比如基于增强分布式信道接入(enhanced distributed channel access，EDCA)方式进行信道竞争获得传输机会。IEEE 802.11ax引入了基于触发帧的上行调度传输方法，通过接入点(access point，AP)发送的触发帧(trigger frame)来调度一个或多个站点进行上行数据传输，比如，调度站点发送高效率(high efficient，HE)物理层协议数据单元(physical layer protocol data unit，PPDU)。IEEE 802.11be标准会沿用IEEE 802.11ax基于触发帧的上行调度传输方法，所以为了保持兼容性，该触发帧应该可以用于触发HE站点和EHT站点同时进行上行数据传输。因为802.11ax标准支持的最大传输带宽为160MHz，该触发帧中上行带宽字段指示的带宽也最大为160MHz，而802.11be标准支持的最大传输带宽为320MHz。所以，在802.11be标准中，为了实现更大带宽的传输，该触发帧应该可以用于触发EHT站点在大于160MHz的带宽上进行上行数据传输。
因此，如何在保证触发帧的兼容性的前提下，使得触发帧具有能够EHT触发站点在大于160MHz的带宽上进行上行数据传输的能力，是业界亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置，可以复用802.11ax的触发帧、来触发EHT站点在大于160MHz带宽上进行上行数据传输，并且不影响HE站点接收该触发帧，无需重新设计新的触发帧来调度EHT站点进行上行数据传输，从而可以在保证触发帧的兼容性的前提下，使得触发帧具有能够触发EHT站点在大于160MHz的带宽上进行上 行数据传输的能力，还可以减少复杂度、节省信令开销。
下面从不同的方面介绍本申请，应理解的是，下面的不同方面的实施方式和有益效果可以互相参考。
第一方面，本申请提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，该方法包括：AP生成并发送触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽。该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示HE TB PPDU和/或EHT TB PPDU在该上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布。
第二方面，本申请提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，该方法包括：AP生成并发送触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽。该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
结合第一或第二方面，在一种可能的设计中，该方法还包括：AP接收HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU；其中，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段基于该第一指示信息、该上行带宽字段、该第二指示信息中的一项或多项确定。
第三方面，本申请提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，该方法包括：STA接收并解析触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽。该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或极高吞吐率物理层协议数据单元EHT TB PPDU在该上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布。
第四方面，本申请提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，该方法包括：STA接收并解析触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽。该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
结合第三或第四方面，在一种可能的设计中，该方法还包括：STA生成HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段基于该第一指示信息、该上行带宽字段、该第二指示信息中的一项或多项确定；STA根据该第二指示信息的指示，发送生成的该HE TB PPDU或该EHT TB PPDU。
第五方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置为AP或AP中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片。该通信装置包括：处理单元和收发单元。
一种可能的设计中，该处理单元，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或极高吞吐率物理层协议数据单元EHT TB PPDU在该上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布；该收发单元，用于发送该触发帧。
一种可能的设计中，该处理单元，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；该收发单元，用于发送该触发帧。
上述任一种可能的设计中，上述收发单元，还用于接收HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU。其中，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段基于该第一指示信息、该上行 带宽字段、该第二指示信息中的一项或多项确定。
一种可能的设计中，该处理单元，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示极高吞吐率物理层数据协议单元EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，该EHT TB PPDU的带宽为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，该HE TB PPDU的带宽为该上行带宽字段的带宽；该收发单元，用于发送该触发帧。
一种可能的设计中，该处理单元，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；该收发单元，用于发送该触发帧。
可选的，上述收发单元，还用于接收HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU；其中，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的值。
第六方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置为STA或STA中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片。该通信装置包括：收发单元和处理单元。
一种可能的设计中，该收发单元，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或极高吞吐率物理层协议数据单元EHT TB PPDU在该上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布；该处理单元，用于解析该触发帧。
一种可能的设计中，该收发单元，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；该处理单元，用于解析该触发帧。
上述任一种可能的设计中，上述处理单元，还用于生成HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段基于该第一指示信息、该上行带宽字段、该第二指示信息中的一项或多项确定；上述收发单元，还用于根据该第二指示信息的指示，发送生成的该HE TB PPDU或该EHT TB PPDU。
一种可能的设计中，该收发单元，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，该EHT TB PPDU的带宽为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，该HE TB PPDU的带宽为该上行带宽字段的带宽；该处理单元，用于解析该触发帧。
一种可能的设计中，该收发单元，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；该处理单元，用于解析该触发帧。
可选的，上述处理单元，还用于生成HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的 值；上述收发单元，还用于根据该第二指示信息的指示，发送生成的该HE TB PPDU或该EHT TB PPDU。
第七方面，本申请提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，该方法包括：AP生成并发送触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示极高吞吐率物理层数据协议单元EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽。该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，该EHT TB PPDU的带宽为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，该HE TB PPDU的带宽为该上行带宽字段的带宽。
第八方面，本申请提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，该方法包括：AP生成并发送触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示极高吞吐率物理层数据协议单元EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽。该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
结合第七或第八方面，在一种可能的设计中，该方法还包括：AP接收HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU；其中，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的值。
第九方面，本申请提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，该方法包括：STA接收并解析触发帧，所述触发帧中包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息和所述触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，所述上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽。所述触发帧还包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，所述EHT TB PPDU的带宽为所述第一指示信息和所述上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，所述HE TB PPDU的带宽为所述上行带宽字段的带宽
第十方面，本申请提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，该方法包括：STA接收并解析触发帧，所述触发帧中包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息和所述触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，所述上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽。所述触发帧还包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
结合第九或第十方面，在一种可能的设计中，该方法还包括：STA生成HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU，所述EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为所述第一指示信息和所述上行带宽字段联合指示的值；STA根据所述第二指示信息的指示，发送生成的所述HE TB PPDU或所述EHT TB PPDU。
第十一方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置具体为AP，包括处理器和收发器。该处理器和该收发器用于执行上述第一方面、或上述第二方面、或上述第七方面、或上述第八方面所述的方法。
第十二方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置具体为STA，包括处理器和收发器。该处理器和该收发器用于执行上述第三方面、上述第四方面、或上述第九方面、或上述第十方面所述的方法。
第十三方面，本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在，该通信装置的结构中包括输入输出接口和处理电路。该输入输出接口和该处理电路用于执行上述第一方面至上述第四方面中任一方面、或上述第七方面至上述第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
第十四方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有程序指令，当该程序指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至上述第四方面中任一方面，或上述第七方面至上述第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
第十五方面，本申请提供一种包含程序指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至上述第四方面中任一方面，或上述第七方面至上述第十方面中任一方面所述的方法。
实施本申请实施例，一方面可以复用802.11ax的触发帧、来触发EHT站点在大于160MHz带宽上进行上行数据传输，从而在保证触发帧的兼容性的前提下，使得触发帧具有能够触发EHT站点在大于160MHz的带宽上进行上行数据传输的能力；另一方面，不影响HE站点接收该触发帧，无需重新设计新的触发帧来调度EHT站点进行上行数据传输，从而可以减少复杂度、节省信令开销。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍。
图1是本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统的架构示意图；
图2a是本申请实施例提供的接入点的结构示意图；
图2b是本申请实施例提供的站点的结构示意图；
图3是本申请实施例提供的320MHz信道中频域分片的划分示意图；
图4是802.11ax标准中基于触发帧的上行调度传输方法的示意流程图；
图5a是802.11ax标准中触发帧的帧格式示意图；
图5b是802.11ax标准的触发帧中公共信息字段和用户信息字段的帧格式示意图；
图6是本申请实施例提供的PPDU的上行带宽指示方法的一示意流程图；
图7是本申请实施例提供的第一用户信息字段的帧结构示意图；
图8是本申请实施例提供的上行多用户PPDU的结构示意图；
图9是6GHz频段上320MHz信道的划分示意图；
图10a是示例1.1中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图；
图10b是示例1.2中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图；
图10c是示例1.3中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图；
图10d是示例1.4中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图；
图10e是示例1.5中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图；
图11是示例2.5中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图；
图12是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1的结构示意图；
图13是本申请实施例提供的通信装置2的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。
为便于理解本申请实施例的提供方法，下面将对本申请实施例提供的方法的系统架构和/或应用场景进行说明。可理解的，本申请实施例描述的系统架构和/或场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。
本申请实施例提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，可以复用802.11ax的触发帧、来触 发EHT站点在大于160MHz带宽上进行上行数据传输，并且不影响HE站点接收该触发帧，无需重新设计新的触发帧来调度EHT站点进行上行数据传输，从而可以在保证触发帧的兼容性的前提下，使得触发帧具有能够触发EHT站点在大于160MHz的带宽上进行上行数据传输的能力，还可以减少复杂度、节省信令开销。该PPDU的上行带宽指示方法可以应用于无线通信系统中，比如无线局域网系统中，该PPDU的上行带宽指示方法可以由无线通信系统中的通信设备或通信设备中的芯片或处理器实现。该通信设备可以是接入点设备或站点设备；该通信设备还可以是一种支持多条链路并行传输的无线通信设备，例如，该通信设备可以称为多链路设备(multi-link device，MLD)或多频段设备。相比于仅支持单条链路传输的通信设备来说，多链路设备具有更高的传输效率和更大的吞吐率。
本申请实施例提供的PPDU的上行带宽指示方法可以应用于AP与一个或多个STA通信的场景中，还可以应用于AP与AP的通信场景，也同样适用于STA与STA的通信场景。下文以AP与STA的通信场景为例，参见图1，图1是本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示，该无线通信系统可以包括一个或多个AP(如图1中的AP1或AP2)和一个或多个STA(如图1中的STA1、STA2或STA3)。其中，AP和STA支持WLAN通信协议，该通信协议可以包括IEEE 802.11be(或称为Wi-Fi 7，EHT协议)，还可以包括IEEE 802.11ax，IEEE 802.11ac等协议。当然，随着通信技术的不断演进和发展，该通信协议还可以包括IEEE 802.11be的下一代协议等。以WLAN为例，实现本申请方法的装置可以是WLAN中的AP或STA，或者是，安装在AP或STA中的芯片或处理系统。
接入点(例如图1的AP1或AP2)是一种具有无线通信功能的装置，支持采用WLAN协议进行通信，具有与WLAN网络中其他设备(比如站点或其他接入点)通信的功能，当然，还可以具有与其他设备通信的功能。在WLAN系统中，接入点可以称为接入点站点(AP STA)。该具有无线通信功能的装置可以为一个整机的设备，还可以是安装在整机设备中的芯片或处理系统等，安装这些芯片或处理系统的设备可以在芯片或处理系统的控制下，实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。本申请实施例中的AP是为STA提供服务的装置，可以支持802.11系列协议。例如，AP可以为通信服务器、路由器、交换机、网桥等通信实体；AP可以包括各种形式的宏基站，微基站，中继站等，当然AP还可以为这些各种形式的设备中的芯片和处理系统，从而实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。
站点(例如图1中的STA1或STA2或STA3)是一种具有无线通信功能的装置，支持采用WLAN协议进行通信，具有与WLAN网络中的其他站点或接入点通信的能力。在WLAN系统中，站点可以称为非接入点站点(non-access point station,non-AP STA)。例如，STA是允许用户与AP通信进而与WLAN通信的任何用户通信设备，该具有无线通信功能的装置可以为一个整机的设备，还可以是安装在整机设备中的芯片或处理系统等，安装这些芯片或处理系统的设备可以在芯片或处理系统的控制下，实现本申请实施例的方法和功能。例如，STA可以为平板电脑、桌面型、膝上型、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer，UMPC)、手持计算机、上网本、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、手机等可以联网的用户设备，或物联网中的物联网节点，或车联网中的车载通信装置或，娱乐设备，游戏设备或系统，全球定位系统设备等，STA还可以为上述这些终端中的芯片和处理系统。
WLAN系统可以提供高速率低时延的传输，随着WLAN应用场景的不断演进，WLAN系统将会应用于更多场景或产业中，比如，应用于物联网产业，应用于车联网产业或应用于银行业，应用于企业办公，体育场馆展馆，音乐厅，酒店客房，宿舍，病房，教室，商超， 广场，街道，生成车间和仓储等。当然，支持WLAN通信的设备(比如接入点或站点)可以是智慧城市中的传感器节点(比如，智能水表，智能电表，智能空气检测节点)，智慧家居中的智能设备(比如智能摄像头，投影仪，显示屏，电视机，音响，电冰箱，洗衣机等)，物联网中的节点，娱乐终端(比如AR，VR等可穿戴设备)，智能办公中的智能设备(比如，打印机，投影仪，扩音器，音响等)，车联网中的车联网设备，日常生活场景中的基础设施(比如自动售货机，商超的自助导航台，自助收银设备，自助点餐机等)，以及大型体育以及音乐场馆的设备等。本申请实施例中对于STA和AP的具体形式不做限制，在此仅是示例性说明。
可选的，参见图2a，图2a是本申请实施例提供的接入点的结构示意图。其中，AP可以是多天线的，也可以是单天线的。图2a中，AP包括物理层(physical layer，PHY)处理电路和介质介入控制(medium access control，MAC)处理电路，物理层处理电路可以用于处理物理层信号，MAC层处理电路可以用于处理MAC层信号。802.11标准关注PHY和MAC部分。参见图2b，图2b是本申请实施例提供的站点的结构示意图。图2b示出了单个天线的STA结构示意图，实际场景中，STA也可以是多天线的，并且可以是两个以上天线的设备。图2b中，STA可以包括PHY处理电路和MAC处理电路，物理层处理电路可以用于处理物理层信号，MAC层处理电路可以用于处理MAC层信号。
上述内容简要阐述了本申请实施例的系统架构，为更好地理解本申请实施例的技术方案，下面将介绍与本申请实施例相关的几个内容。
一、频域分片(frequency segment)
在WLAN中，信道通常分为主信道和从信道，其中，从信道可包含一个或多个子信道。如果以20MHz为基本带宽单位进行划分，320MHz信道可以划分为16个子信道，依次编号为信道1至信道16，每一个编号代表一个20MHz信道。
在WLAN中，一个用于传输的连续频谱块可称为一个频域分片(frequency segment)。一个WLAN信道可以包括多个频域分片，其中每个频域分片的带宽可以是80MHz，40MHz，20MHz或160MHz。参见图3，图3是本申请实施例提供的320MHz信道中频域分片的划分示意图。如图3所示，以频域分片的带宽为80MHz为例，则图3所示的320MHz信道可分为4个频域分片。频域分片还可以称作频率分段，或简称为分片或分段。
二、IEEE 802.11ax标准中基于触发帧的上行调度传输方法
参见图4，图4是802.11ax标准中基于触发帧的上行调度传输方法的示意流程图。如图4所示，该基于触发帧的上行调度传输方法具体包括：
(1)AP发送触发帧，该触发帧用于调度一个或多个STA发送上行基于触发的HE PPDU(通俗来说，PPDU也可以称为数据包，或者数据分组)。基于触发的HE PPDU可以简写为HE TB PPDU(High Efficient Trigger Based Physical layer Protocol Data Unit)。该触发帧包含用于一个或多个站点发送上行子PPDU的资源调度信息以及其他参数。
(2)STA接收到该触发帧后，从该触发帧中解析出与自己的关联标识(association identification，AID)相匹配的用户信息字段，然后在该用户信息字段中的资源单元分配子字段所指示的RU上发送HE TB PPDU。如果站点没收到与自己AID匹配的用户信息字段，收到用于随机竞争的AID，则站点仍可以在该对应的用户信息字段所指示的资源块上进行正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency division multiple access，OFDMA)随机竞争，传输上行TB PPDU。针对用于随机竞争的AID，分2类，一类是用于关联站点随机竞争的AID，比如“0”， 另一类的是用于未关联站点随机竞争的AID，比如“2045”。
可选的，HE TB PPDU中可能包括的各字段的含义及功能可参考下述表1所示。
表1
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000001
(3)AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency division multiple access，OFDMA)形式发送，也可以通过非高吞吐率(non-high throughput，non-HT)复制传输形式发送。确认帧包括Ack帧和块确认(Block Ack)帧，其中Block Ack帧包括压缩Block Ack帧、和多站点块确认(Multi-STA Block Ack)帧。Ack帧和Block Ack帧是给一个站点发送的信息的确认，Multi-STA Block Ack是给一个或多个站点发送的信息的确认。
其中，参见图5a，图5a是802.11ax标准中触发帧的帧格式示意图。如图5a所示，触发帧中包括公共信息(common information)字段和用户信息列表(user information list)字段。公共信息字段包含所有STA都需要读取的公共信息，用户信息列表字段包括一个或多个用户信息字段，一个用户信息字段包含一个STA需要读取的信息。
参见图5b，图5b是802.11ax标准的触发帧中公共信息字段和用户信息字段的帧格式示意图。如图5b所示，在用户信息字段中，关联标识12(association identification 12，AID12)表示某一个STA的关联标识，而资源单元(resource unit，RU)分配(RU allocation)子字段用来指示这个STA(AID12所指示的STA)所分配到的具体的资源单元位置。
基于图5b所示，下面对触发帧的公共信息字段中的一些字段进行简单介绍。
1、公共信息字段中的触发帧类型字段
触发帧类型字段占用4个比特，用于指示触发帧的类型。触发帧类型字段的取值与触发帧的类型之间的对应关系，可以参考下述表2。
表2
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000003
2、公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段
上行带宽字段占用2个比特，用于指示HE TB PPDU的HE-SIG-A中的带宽。上行带宽字段取值为0，指示HE-SIG-A中的带宽为20MHz；上行带宽字段的取值为1，指示HE-SIG-A中的带宽为40MHz；上行带宽字段的取值为2，指示HE-SIG-A中的带宽为80MHz；上行带宽字段的取值为3，指示HE-SIG-A中的带宽为160MHz。
3、公共信息字段中的HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段、以及多普勒字段
HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段占用3个比特。多普勒字段占用1个比特。HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段、需要与多普勒字段结合使用。
具体的，当多普勒字段的取值为0时，HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段中的3比特用于指示HE-LTF符号个数。HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段的取值为0，指示HE-LTF符号个数为1；HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段的取值为1，指示HE-LTF符号个数为2；HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段的取值为2，指示HE-LTF符号个数为4；HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段的取值为3，指示HE-LTF符号个数为6；HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段的取值为4，指示HE-LTF符号个数为8；HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段的其他取值是预留值。
当多普勒子字段的取值为1时，HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段中的前2个比特用于指示HE-LTF符号个数，HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段中第3个比特用于指示中间码周期。当前2个比特的取值为0时，指示HE-LTF符号个数为1；当前2个比特的取值为1时，指示HE-LTF符号个数为2；当前2个比特的取值为2时，指示HE-LTF符号个数为4；前2个比特的取值为3是预留值。HE-LTF符号个数与中间码周期字段中的第3个比特的取值为0，指示中间码周期为10个符号；第3个比特的取值为1，指示中间码周期为20个符号。
以上是对802.11ax标准下触发帧的公共信息字段中的一些字段的介绍，基于图5b所示，下面对触发帧的用户信息字段中的一些字段进行简单介绍。
1、用户信息字段中的AID12字段
AID12字段占用12比特，其取值和含义可参考下述表3所示。
表3
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000005
也就是说，802.11ax标准中，若一个用户信息字段的AID12字段的取值为0或者2045，则该用户信息字段用于为管理的站点分配一个或多个连续的随机接入RU。若一个用户信息字段的AID12字段的取值为1-2007中的任意一个值，则该用户信息字段用于承载AID与该AID12字段的取值相匹配的站点需要读取的信息。若一个用户信息字段的AID12字段的取值为2046，则该用户信息字段用于指示未分配RU。若一个用户信息字段的AID12字段的取值为4095，则该用户信息字段用于作为填充字段。另外，802.11ax标准中，AID12字段的取值2008-2044以及2047-4094还是预留值，未做任何定义。
2、用户信息字段中的资源单元分配字段
802.11ax标准中，资源单元分配字段可以与公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示所分配的RU的大小和位置。
可理解的，由于上述公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段占用2比特，最大指示160MHz带宽，也就是说，802.11ax的触发帧最多触发站点在160MHz的带宽上进行上行数据传输；而802.11be标准支持的最大传输带宽为320MHz。所以，为了支持802.11be标准的320MHz带宽，本申请实施例提供一种PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，可以复用802.11ax的触发帧、来触发EHT站点在大于160MHz带宽上进行上行数据传输，并且不影响HE站点接收该触发帧，无需重新设计新的触发帧来调度EHT站点进行上行数据传输，从而可以在保证触发帧的兼容性的前提下，使得触发帧具有能够触发EHT站点在大于160MHz的带宽上进行上行数据传输的能力，还可以减少复杂度、节省信令开销。
下面将结合更多的附图对本申请提供的技术方案进行详细说明。
可理解的，本申请中的AP和STA既可以是单链路设备，也可以是多链路设备中的一个功能实体或功能单元，比如本申请中的AP是AP多链路设备中的某个AP，STA是站点多链路设备中的某个STA，本申请对此不做限定。
可理解的，下文以一个AP与一个或多个STA组成的通信系统中实施为例对本申请实施例提供的PPDU的上行带宽指示方法进行阐述。其中，该AP支持IEEE 802.11be协议(或称为Wi-Fi 7，EHT协议)，还可以支持其他WLAN通信协议，如IEEE 802.11ax，IEEE 802.11ac等协议。该一个或多个STA中存在至少一个STA支持IEEE 802.11be协议。应理解，本申请 实施例中的AP和STA还可以支持IEEE 802.11be的下一代协议。也就是说，本申请实施例提供的PPDU的上行带宽指示方法不仅适用于IEEE 802.11be协议，还可以适用于IEEE802.11be的下一代协议。
应理解，本申请实施例中的STA既可以是HE站点，也可以是EHT站点。HE站点只能传输HE TB PPDU，EHT站点既可以传输HE TB PPDU，还可以传输基于触发的EHT PPDU，基于触发的HE PPDU可以简写为EHT TB PPDU(extremely high throughput Trigger Based Physical layer Protocol Data Unit)。
参见图6，图6是本申请实施例提供的PPDU的上行带宽指示方法的一示意流程图。如图6所示，该PPDU的上行带宽指示方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
S101，AP生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示极高吞吐率物理层数据协议单元EHT TB PPDU的带宽或上行PPDU的传输总带宽。
其中，上述触发帧的帧格式可以参考图5a所示，包括公共信息字段和用户信息列表字段。该公共信息字段的帧格式可参考图5b所示的公共信息字段部分，包括上行带宽字段，用于指示HE TB PPDU的HE-SIG-A中的带宽。该触发帧中可以包括第一指示信息。该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽、或上行PPDU的传输总带宽。应理解，上行PPDU的传输总带宽是上行HE TB PPDU的带宽和上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽之和。
可选的，上述第一指示信息也可以直接用于指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽或EHT TB PPDU的带宽，无需联合上行带宽字段指示。
可选的，该触发帧中还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或EHT TB PPDU在上述上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布(这里的分布是指带宽大小和频域分片)。或者，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
可选的，该触发帧中还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
可选的，该触发帧中还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片。
上述触发帧可以用于调度一个或多个EHT站点进行上行多用户传输，还可以调度HE站点和EHT站点同时进行上行多用户传输，即支持上行多用户混传模式。应理解，HE站点只能传输HE TB PPDU，EHT站点既可以传输HE TB PPDU，也可以传输EHT TB PPDU。
应理解，PPDU中的HE/EHT短训练字段，HE/EHT长训练字段，以及数据字段是在资源块上进行传输的，该资源块指示信息位于与该站点AID匹配的用户信息字段中，以下相同，不再赘述。
如果触发帧包括一个或多个HE站点的用户信息字段，则此时在主80MHz或者主160MHz上non-HT复制传输的触发帧不能被打孔，即主80MHz或者主160MHz上的每个20MHz上都需要传输non-HT的触发帧。
S102，AP发送该触发帧。相应地，STA接收该触发帧。
S103，STA解析该触发帧。
可选的，S104，STA生成HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段基于该第一指示信息、该上行带宽字段、以及该第二指示信息中的 一项或多项确定。或者，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的值。
可选的，S105，STA根据该第二指示信息的指示，发送生成的该HE TB PPDU或该EHT TB PPDU。相应地，AP接收该HE TB PPDU或该EHT TB PPDU。
可见，本申请实施例通过在802.11ax的触发帧中携带第一指示信息，用于直接指示或联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽或上行PPDU的传输总带宽；并携带第二指示信息，用于指示HE TB PPDU和/或EHT TB PPDU在上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布，或者指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，或者直接指示EHT站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；以使EHT站点基于第一指示信息、上行带宽字段、以及第二指示信息中的一项或多项设置EHT TB PPDU中通信信令字段的带宽字段，再根据第二指示信息的指示传输EHT TB PPDU。一方面可以复用802.11ax的触发帧、来触发EHT站点在大于160MHz带宽上进行上行数据传输，从而在保证触发帧的兼容性的前提下，使得触发帧具有能够触发EHT站点在大于160MHz的带宽上进行上行数据传输的能力；另一方面，不影响HE站点接收该触发帧，无需重新设计新的触发帧来调度EHT站点进行上行数据传输，从而可以减少复杂度、节省信令开销。
下面将详细介绍第一指示信息和第二指示信息的实现方式。
可选的，上述第一指示信息可以位于该触发帧的公共信息字段的未使用比特(或预留比特)中，也可以位于该触发帧的一个特殊的用户信息字段(记为第一用户信息字段)中。该第一用户信息字段中关联标识AID12字段的取值为预设值，该预设值可以是当前未使用的AID，即2008至2044、或者2046至4095中的任意一个，比如第一用户信息字段中AID12的取值为2044，表示该第一用户信息字段承载的是该触发帧的部分公共信息。
该第一指示信息可以称为上行带宽拓展字段，还可以有其他名称，例如带宽指示字段，本申请实施例对此不做限定。上行带宽拓展字段和上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽或EHT TB PPDU的带宽。换句话说，本申请实施例拓展802.11ax触发帧，在802.11ax触发帧中增加一个上行带宽拓展字段，该字段既可以放在触发帧公共信息部分中的未使用比特中，也可以放在一个特殊的用户信息字段中。
该第一指示信息可以称为上行PPDU总带宽字段，还可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对此不做限定。上行PPDU总带宽字段直接用于指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽。
该第一指示信息可以称为上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段，还可以有其他名称，本申请实施例对此不做限定。上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段直接用于指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽。
可选的，上述第二指示信息可以位于上述触发帧的公共信息字段的预留比特中，或位于一个特殊的用户信息字段(记为第一用户信息字段)中，也可以位于该触发帧的第二用户信息字段中。该第二用户信息字段中AID12字段用于指示某一个STA的关联标识，其取值为1至2007中的任意一个值。该第二指示信息可以称为EHT/HE指示字段，还可以有其他名称，例如PPDU类型指示字段，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
如果该第二指示信息用于指示HE TB PPDU和/或EHT TB PPDU在上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布，则该第二指示信息可以位于触发帧的公共信息字段的预留比特中，或位于第一用户信息字段中。换句话说，本申请实施例在802.11ax触发帧的一个特殊的用户信息字段中增加一个EHT/HE指示字段，用于指示EHT站点在上行带宽中的一个或多个频域分片上传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。其中，本申请实施例提及的“上行带宽”即为上行PPDU的传输总带宽，两者可以相互替换使用。
如果该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，则该第二指示信息可以位于触发帧的公共信息字段的预留比特中，或位于第一用户信息字段中。
如果该第二指示信息用于指示EHT站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU，则该第二指示信息可以位于第二用户信息字段中。换句话说，本申请实施例在触发帧的用户信息字段中添加1比特用来指示EHT站点是传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
例如，参见图7，图7是本申请实施例提供的第一用户信息字段的帧结构示意图。图7示出了第一用户信息字段中携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息。如图7所示，该第一用户信息字段包括AID12字段、上行带宽拓展字段、EHT/HE指示字段等。其中，该AID12字段取值为2008至2044、或者2046至4095中的任意一个，比如2044。图7中，该AID12字段占用12比特，该上行带宽拓展字段占用2比特或3比特，该EHT/HE指示字段占用x比特，x的取值可以是1、2或4。
应理解，HE站点只能正确译码上行带宽字段，而不会去译码上行带宽拓展字段。
下面分别对第一指示信息和第二指示信息的具体实现方式进行详细说明。为便于理解，先介绍第二指示信息的实现方式，再介绍第一指示信息的实现方式。
一、第二指示信息
方法a：第二指示信息位于第一用户信息字段或位于触发帧的公共信息字段的预留比特。EHT/HE指示字段，用于指示EHT站点在上行PPDU的传输总带宽中的一个或多个频域分片上传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
实施方式a-1、如果限定仅主160MHz信道可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，并且上行子PPDU传输的带宽粒度(频域分片)为80MHz，则EHT/HE指示字段可以占用2个比特，这两个比特中的第一个比特对应第一80MHz信道，第二个比特对应第二80MHz信道。第一个比特的取值用于指示主160MHz信道内的第一80MHz信道传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。第二个比特的取值用于指示主160MHz信道内的第二80MHz信道传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
示例性的，第一个比特的取值为0时，指示第一80MHz信道传输HE TB PPDU；第一个比特的取值为1时，指示第一80MHz传输EHT TB PPDU。
或者，第一个比特的取值为0时，指示第一80MHz信道传输EHT TB PPDU；第一个比特的取值为1时，指示第一80MHz传输HE TB PPDU。
其中，第一80MHz信道和第二80MHz信道可以采用以下设计中的一种，应用于本申请的所有实施例：
设计1，第一80MHz信道为主80MHz信道，第二80MHz信道为从80MHz信道。
设计2，第一80MHz信道为从80MHz信道，第二80MHz信道为主80MHz信道。
设计3，第一80MHz信道为160MHz带宽下从低频到高频排序中的第一个80MHz信道，第二80MHz信道为160MHz带宽下从低频到高频排序中的第二个80MHz信道。
设计4，第一80MHz信道为160MHz带宽下从高频到低频排序中的第一个80MHz信道，第二80MHz信道为160MHz带宽下从高频到低频排序中的第二个80MHz信道。
例如，结合图8进行举例说明，图8是本申请实施例提供的上行多用户PPDU的结构示意图。假设比特取值为0，指示传输HE TB PPDU；比特取值为1，指示传输EHT TB PPDU。假设第一80MHz信道和第二80MHz信道采用设计1，则EHT/HE指示字段的取值为01时， 表示EHT站点在主160MHz内的主80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，EHT站点在主160MHz内的从80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。可理解的，图8仅是示意图，示出了上行多用户PPDU是HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU的混合传输场景。当EHT/HE指示字段的取值为00时，EHT站点(这里的EHT站点可以是一个或多个)在主160MHz内的主80MHz信道和从80MHz信道上均传输HE TB PPDU。当EHT/HE指示字段的取值为11时，EHT站点(这里的EHT站点可以是一个或多个)在主160MHz内的主80MHz信道和从80MHz信道上均传输EHT TB PPDU。也就是说，此种情况下，上行多用户PPDU是多个同PPDU类型的子PPDU组成。
实施方式a-2、如果限定仅主160MHz信道可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，并且上行子PPDU传输的带宽粒度(频域分片)为160MHz，则EHT/HE指示字段可以占用1个比特，该1个比特用于指示EHT站点在主160MHz内传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
由于EHT标准支持的最大传输带宽是320MHz，所以针对上述实施方式a-1和实施方式a-2，EHT站点可以默认在从160MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。
实施方式a-3、如果320MHz信道均可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，并且上行子PPDU传输的带宽粒度(频域分片)为80MHz，则EHT/HE指示字段可以占用4个比特。这4个比特与320MHz带宽下的4个80MHz信道一一对应。每一个比特的取值用于指示EHT站点在该比特对应的80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。可以理解的是，如果上行带宽(即上行PPDU的传输总带宽)小于320MHz，则不在上行带宽(即上行PPDU的传输总带宽)内的80MHz信道对应的比特可以忽略或者不使用。
实施方式a-4、如果320MHz信道均可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，并且上行子PPDU传输的带宽粒度(频域分片)为160MHz，则EHT/HE指示字段可以占用2个比特。这2个比特与320MHz带宽下的2个160MHz信道一一对应。每一个比特的取值用于指示EHT站点在该比特对应的160MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。可以理解的是，如果上行带宽(即上行PPDU的传输总带宽)小于320MHz，则不在上行带宽(即上行PPDU的传输总带宽)内的160MHz信道对应的比特可以忽略或者不使用。
可选的，AP发送触发帧后，触发帧中可以包括给HE站点发送HE TB PPDU的用户信息字段，EHT站点发送的EHT/HE TB PPDU的用户信息字段中的一个或多个，比如同时包括用于调度HE站点和EHT站点的用户信息字段。站点响应上行多用户PPDU，其中包括的上行EHT TB PPDU(如图8所示的EHT TB PPDU部分)物理层前导码的通用信令字段的参数是从接收到的触发帧中获得的，比如EHT TB PPDU的带宽信令。另外，上行EHT TB PPDU的通用信令字段包括PHY(物理层，physical layer)版本识别号，TXOP(传输机会，transmit opportunity)，BSS(基本服务集，basic service set)颜色，循环冗余校验码，尾比特等字段。其中EHT站点为响应触发帧而发出的上行EHT TB PPDU(或者称为子EHT TB PPDU)物理层前导码中的通用信令字段中的PHY版本识别码字段，可以从触发帧中的EHT/HE指示字段获得。
具体地，针对前述实施方式a-1至前述实施方式a-4中的任一种，如果触发帧的EHT/HE指示字段指示其中一个频率分段传输HE TB PPDU，则EHT站点在该频率分段上传输HE TB PPDU，其物理层前导码，比如高效信令字段A与802.11ax一样，不携带PHY版本识别号。如果触发帧的EHT/HE指示字段指示其中一个频率分段传输EHT TB PPDU，则EHT站点在该频率分段上传输EHT TB PPDU，携带PHY版本识别号字段(比如3比特)，并且该PHY 版本识别号字段设置为EHT TB PPDU对应的值，比如“0”。
例如，在前述实施方式a-1中，结合图8进行举例说明。假设比特取值为0，指示传输HE TB PPDU；比特取值为1，指示传输EHT TB PPDU。假设第一80MHz信道和第二80MHz信道采用设计1，则EHT/HE指示字段的取值为01时，表示EHT站点在主160MHz内的主80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其物理层前导码不包括PHY版本识别号字段；EHT站点在主160MHz内的从80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU，其中物理层前导码中的通用信令字段中包括PHY版本识别号字段，值设置为EHT TB PPDU对应的值“0”。
又如，在前述实施方式a-2中，假设比特取值为0，指示传输HE TB PPDU；比特取值为1，指示传输EHT TB PPDU。EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0时，表示EHT站点在主160MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其物理层前导码不包括PHY版本识别号字段。EHT/HE指示字段的取值为1时，表示EHT站点在主160MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU，其中物理层前导码中的通用字段中包括PHY版本识别号字段，值设置为EHT TB PPDU对应的值“0”。
方法b：第二指示信息位于触发帧的公共信息字段中。EHT/HE指示字段，用于指示EHT站点在上行PPDU的传输总带宽中所分配的资源块上传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
实施方式b-1、如果限定仅主160MHz信道可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，并且上行子PPDU传输的带宽粒度(频域分片)为80MHz，则EHT/HE指示字段可以占用2个PHY版本识别号字段，这PHY版本识别号字段中的第一个PHY版本识别号字段对应第一80MHz信道，第二个PHY版本识别号字段对应第二80MHz信道。第一个PHY版本识别号字段取值用于指示主160MHz信道内的第一80MHz信道传输HE TB PPDU，EHT TB PPDU还是其他下一代类型的PPDU。PHY版本识别号字段的取值用于指示主160MHz信道内的第二80MHz信道传输HE TB PPDU，EHT TB PPDU还是其他下一代类型的PPDU。其中下一代类型的PPDU由于目前未定，对应的该字段的值为保留。
其中，第一80MHz信道和第二80MHz信道可以参考上文，在此不再赘述。
示例性的，第一个PHY版本识别号字段为3比特，取值为0(二进制为000)，指示第一80MHz信道传输HE TB PPDU；第一个比特的取值为1(二进制为001)，指示第一80MHz传输EHT TB PPDU。
或者，第一个PHY版本识别号字段的取值为0，指示第一80MHz信道传输EHT TB PPDU；第一个比特的取值为7，指示第一80MHz传输HE TB PPDU。
结合图8进行举例说明，假设PHY版本识别号字段取值为0，指示传输HE TB PPDU；PHY版本识别号字段取值为1，指示传输EHT TB PPDU。EHT/HE指示字段为000 001，表示EHT站点在主160MHz内的主80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，EHT站点在主160MHz内的从80MHz子信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。
实施方式b-2、如果限定仅主160MHz信道可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，并且上行子PPDU传输的带宽粒度(频域分片)为160MHz，则EHT/HE指示字段可以占用1个PHY版本识别号字段，该1个PHY版本识别号字段用于指示EHT站点在主160MHz内传输HE TB PPDU，EHT TB PPDU还是其他下一代类型的PPDU。
由于EHT标准支持的最大传输带宽是320MHz，所以针对上述实施方式a-1和实施方式a-2，EHT站点可以默认在从160MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。
实施方式b-3、如果320MHz信道均可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，并且上行子PPDU传输的带宽粒度(频域分片)为80MHz，则EHT/HE指示字段可以占用4个 PHY版本识别号字段。这4个PHY版本识别号字段与320MHz带宽下的4个80MHz信道一一对应。每一个PHY版本识别号字段的取值用于指示EHT站点在该PHY版本识别号字段对应的80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，EHT TB PPDU还是下一代类型的PPDU。可以理解的是，如果上行带宽小于320MHz，则不在上行带宽内的80MHz信道对应的PHY版本识别号字段可以被忽略/省略或者未使用。
实施方式b-4、如果320MHz信道均可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，并且上行子PPDU传输的带宽粒度(频域分片)为160MHz，则EHT/HE指示字段可以占用2个PHY版本识别号字段。这2个PHY版本识别号字段与320MHz带宽下的2个160MHz信道一一对应。每一个PHY版本识别号字段的取值用于指示EHT站点在该PHY版本识别号字段对应的160MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，EHT TB PPDU还是下一代类型的PPDU。可以理解的是，如果上行带宽小于320MHz，则不在上行带宽内的160MHz信道对应的PHY版本识别号字段可以被忽略/省略或者未使用。
可选的，如果触发帧的EHT/HE指示字段携带每个频域分片对应的PHY版本识别号字段，则此时EHT站点传输在该频域分片上传输PHY版本识别号字段指示的PPDU类型，如果指示为HE TB PPDU，则该HE TB PPDU物理层前导码，比如高效信令字段A与802.11ax一样，不携带PHY版本识别号；如果指示为EHT TB PPDU，则此时EHT站点传输在该频域分片上传输HE TB PPDU，直接拷贝触发帧中该频域分片对应的PHY版本识别号字段(比如3比特)，比如值为“0”；如果指示为EHT TB PPDU的下一代PPDU，直接拷贝触发帧该频域分片对应的PHY版本识别号字段(比如3比特)，比如值为“1”。
方法c：第二指示信息位于触发帧的第二用户信息字段中。也就是说，在触发帧中的用户信息字段中添加1比特，来携带第二指示信息，用于指示EHT站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。该1比特或该EHT/HE指示字段取值0时，指示EHT站点传输HE TB PPDU；该1比特或该EHT/HE指示字段取值1时，指示EHT站点传输EHT TB PPDU。或者，该1比特或该EHT/HE指示字段取值0时，指示EHT站点传输EHT TB PPDU；该1比特或该EHT/HE指示字段取值1时，指示EHT站点传输HE TB PPDU。
方法d:第二指示信息位于触发帧的公共信息字段中。EHT/HE指示字段，用于指示混合传输的上行PPDU的模式，其中混合传输的上行PPDU是指包括HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU。该字段间接地告知了EHT站点是传输HE TB PPDU还是传输EHT TB PPDU，具体方法与之前一样，也是通过该站点被分配的资源块所在的80MHz判断。
具体来讲，混合传输的上行PPDU模式包括以下中的一个或多个：
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000007
上述模式还可以进一步考虑小于80MHz的频段被打孔，比如20MHz，40MHz等。
其中次160MHz第一个80MHz和第二个80MHz，是按照160MHz的频率从高到低或者从低到高排序。
考虑现有160MHz的802.11ax站点或802.11ac的站点可能会把160MHz的每20MHz上的传统前导码合并，比如L-SIG字段，会把160MHz的每20MHz上的复制传输的前导码合并，比如802.11ax中的HE-SIG-A字段，或者802.11ac的VHT-SIG-A字段，提出主160MHz传输的上行PPDU不允许混合传输，因此混合传输的上行PPDU模式包括以下中的一个或多个：
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000008
另外，还提出增加一比特指示混合传输的上行PPDU还是非混合传输的上行PPDU,具体包括以下：
1.增加1比特信令指示触发的上行PPDU是混和传输还是非混合传输，或者
2.在上述2个混合传输的上行PPDU模式表格中增加一个特殊的混合传输的上行PPDU模式，即非混合传输。
另外，HE站点接收到触发帧，只能发送上行HE TB PPDU。
可选的，本申请实施例将802.11ax的触发帧中的用户信息字段称为HE的用户信息字段。由于EHT标准引入320MHz带宽(包括资源分配中的多资源块组合)，16个空间流等特性，导致触发帧的用户信息字段中资源块(应理解，本申请中的资源块即资源单元RU)分配字段和空间流分配字段需要做变更，把变更后的用户信息字段称为EHT的用户信息字段。除了MU-BAR(multi-user-block ack request)类型的触发帧，802.11be设计的触发帧与同类型的802.11ax的触发帧的用户信息字段长度保持一致。
针对上述方法a和上述方法b中EHT/HE指示字段的各种实施方式，EHT站点解析一种用户信息字段，即按照EHT的用户信息字段解析。但EHT站点仍可以按照EHT/HE指示字段的指示在被分配的资源块上发送EHT TB PPDU或HE PPDU。其中，所分配的资源块由触发帧中的资源块分配字段指示，可以指示出该EHT站点在哪个频域分片上的资源块进行传输。
或者可以理解为：针对上述方法a和上述方法b中EHT/HE指示字段的各种实施方式，EHT站点解析其AID(association identifier关联标识符)匹配的用户信息字段，通过用户信息字段中的资源块分配字段指示的被分配的资源块所在的80MHz确定是发送EHT TB PPDU或HE TB PPDU。其中，所分配的资源块由触发帧中的资源块分配字段指示，联合EHT/HE指示字段，可以指示出该EHT站点在对应的资源块传输上行PPDU的类型(EHT TB PPDU或HE TB PPDU)。具体来讲，HE用户信息字段中资源块分配字段中的B0是用来指示主80MHz还是次80MHz，HE用户信息字段中的保留(预留)比特(第40比特)按照协议默认设置0，可以理解为是主160MHz(由于HE PPDU仅限于主160MHz上传输),而EHT用户信息字段中资源块分配字段需要9比特，比HE用户信息字段中资源块分配字段多1比特，提出在EHT用户信息字段字段的另一比特可以使用HE用户信息字段中的保留比特(第40比特)，记为BS比特，该值设置为0，表示主160MHz，设置为1，表示次160MHz，并保留HE用户信息字段中的原8比特中的资源分配字段中的B0比特(该字段中的第一比特)的意义，即用来指示主80MHz还是次80MHz，另外7比特表格可以增加一些802.11be新支持的资源块或多资源块组合。因此EHT站点可以根据HE用户信息字段或者EHT用户信息字段中的BS和B0比特判断所分配的资源块所在的80MHz(一个或多个)。
针对上述方法c中第二指示信息的实现方式，EHT站点需要解析2种用户信息字段，如果指示传输HE PPDU，则EHT站点按照HE的用户信息字段解析，然后发送HE PPDU；如果指示传输EHT TB PPDU，则EHT站点按照EHT的用户信息字段解析；然后发送EHT TB PPDU。
以上介绍了第二指示信息的具体实现方式，下面将对第一指示信息的实现方式进行详细说明。
应理解，在6GHz频段上，320MHz的信道划分有重叠，所以需要区分320MHz所在的频域位置，即区分是320MHz-1和320MHz-2。具体如图9所示，图9是6GHz频段上320MHz信道的划分示意图。
802.11be的设备可能分为第一版本和第二版本，为了第一版本的站点的实施简单，提出第一版本的EHT AP不支持发送混合调度的触发帧，第二版本的EHT AP支持发送的混合调度的触发帧，因此
本发明提出第三指示信息，其中第三指示信息位于第一用户信息字段或位于触发帧的公共信息字段的预留比特，用来指示该触发帧是用来触发混合传输的上行PPDU还是非混合传输的上行PPDU。
二、第一指示信息
以下实施方式均以前述图7所示的帧结构示意图为例进行说明。也就是说，第一指示信息位于第一用户信息字段中。
方法1：上行带宽拓展字段用于联合触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽。该上行带宽拓展字段占用2个比特。
实施方式1.1：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0时，上行带宽拓展字段为保留字段，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上述这句话也可以理解为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
或者为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为80MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
值得注意：20MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行PPDU(该80MHz包括20MHz上行HE PPDU)的混合上行传输可能在协议中不被允许，因此还可以为
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，联合指示的 上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
当上行带宽字段的取值为1时，上行带宽拓展字段为保留字段，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
上述这句话也可以理解为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
或者为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为80MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
值得注意：40MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行PPDU(该80MHz包括40MHz上行HE PPDU)的混合上行传输可能在协议中也可能不被允许，因此还可以为
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
当上行带宽字段的取值为2时，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为80MHz；
当上行带宽字段的取值为2时，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
当上行带宽字段的取值为2时，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz；
当上行带宽字段的取值为2时，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，该组合保留；
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第5数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第6数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz；
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第7数值时，该组合保留；
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第8数值时，该组合保留。
其中，第1数值至第4数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、以及第4数值互不相同。例如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3。同理，第5数值至第8数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3}中的任意一个，且第5数值、第6数值、第7数值、以及第8数值互不相同。例如，第5数值为1，第6数值为2,第7数值为3，第8数值为0。
实施方式1.2：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0时，上行带宽拓展字段为保留字段，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上述这句话也可以理解为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
或者为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为80MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
值得注意：20MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行PPDU(该80MHz包括20MHz上行HE PPDU)的混合上行传输可能在协议中不被允许，因此还可以为
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
或者为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为80MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
值得注意：40MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行PPDU(该80MHz包括40MHz上行HE PPDU)的混合上行传输可能在协议中也可能不被允许，因此还可以为
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
当上行带宽字段的取值为1时，上行带宽拓展字段为保留字段，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
上述这句话也可以理解为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1(或第5)数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2(或第6)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3(或第7)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4(或第8)数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
当上行带宽字段的取值为2时，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为80MHz；
当上行带宽字段的取值为2时，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，联合指示 的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
当上行带宽字段的取值为2时，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-1；
当上行带宽字段的取值为2时，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-2；
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第5数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第6数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-1；
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第7数值时，联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-2；
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第8数值时，该组合保留。
其中，第1数值至第4数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、以及第4数值互不相同。例如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3。同理，第5数值至第8数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3}中的任意一个，且第5数值、第6数值、第7数值、以及第8数值互不相同。例如，第5数值为1，第6数值为2,第7数值为3，第8数值为0。
可见，上述实施方式1.1和上述实施方式1.2的区别在于：实施方式1.2中将320MHz按照频率位置的不同，分为了320MHz-1和320MHz-2。实施方式1.1和实施方式1.2可以总结如下表4所示。
表4
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000010
表4a
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000011
表4b
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000013
应理解，虽然上述实施方式1.1和上述实施方式1.2中，均涉及第1数值至第4数值，以及第5数值至第8数值；但是不同实施方式中第1数值至第4数值的取值可不相同，也可以相同，同理，不同实施方式中第5数值至第8数值的取值可不相同，也可以相同。例如，实施方式1.1和实施方式1.2中，第1数值至第4数值的取值分别为0,1,2,3；第5数值至第8数值的取值分别为1,2,3,0。再例如，实施方式1.1中第1数值至第4数值的取值分别为0,1,2,3，实施方式1.2中第1数值至第4数值的取值分别为3,2,1,0；实施方式1.1中第5数值至第8数值的取值分别为1,2,3,0，实施方式1.1中第5数值至第8数值的取值分别为0,1,2,3。下文同理，不再赘述。
在实施方式1.1，当上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz时，此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，或者此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第6数值。为了方便接收站点便于实施，或者提供更多的保留组合值或者未使用的组合值，提出2种方法：
1.当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第6数值，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，此时为保留组合。
或者，当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第6数值，此时为保留组合。
2.当上行带宽拓展字段设置为第3数值，上行带宽字段可以设置为任意值，即0～3中的任何一种，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz时。
在实施方式1.2，当上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-1时，此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，或者此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第6数值。为了方便接收站点便于实施，提出2种方法：
1.当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第6数值，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-1；或者，当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-1；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第6数值，此时为保留组合。
还可以表述为：
当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第6数值，此时上行PPDU的 传输总带宽为320-1MHz；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值。此时为保留组合。
或者，当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320-1MHz；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第6数值，此时为保留组合。
2.当上行带宽拓展字段设置为第6数值，上行带宽字段可以设置为任意值，即0～3中的任何一种，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320-1MHz。
当EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-2时，此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第4数值，或者此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第7数值。为了方便接收站点便于实施，提出2种方法：
1.当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第7数值，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-2；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第4数值，此时为保留组合。
或者，当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第4数值，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-2；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第7数值，此时为保留组合。
2.当上行带宽拓展字段设置为第7数值，上行带宽字段可以设置为任意值，即0～3中的任何一种，此时上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-2时。
实施方式1.3：
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽、与上行带宽字段指示的带宽相同；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，该组合保留。
其中，第1数值至第4数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、以及第4数值互不相同。
实施方式1.4：
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽、与上行带宽字段指示的带宽相同；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-1；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-2。
其中，第1数值至第4数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、以及第4数值互不相同。
可见，上述实施方式1.3和上述实施方式1.4可以总结如下表5所示。
表5
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000014
在上述方法1的各种实施方式中，如果站点传输的是上行HE TB PPDU，其带宽为上行带宽字段指示的值。如果站点传输的是上行EHT TB PPDU，其带宽基于上行带宽字段、上行带宽拓展字段以及EHT/HE指示字段中的一项或多项确定，比如，包括以下几种情况：基于上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段确定，或基于上行带宽拓展字段确定，或基于EHT/HE指示字段，或基于上行带宽字段、上行带宽拓展字段以及EHT/HE指示字段确定。例如，当前述第二指示信息采用方法a的实施方式a-3时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽可以仅基于EHT/HE指示字段确定。可理解的，上行PPDU的传输总带宽是上行HE TB PPDU的带宽和上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽之和。
可选的，针对上述方法1的各种实施方式，当前述第二指示信息采用方法c实现时，EHT站点接收到触发帧后，可以将上行EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置 为上行PPDU的传输总带宽。这是因为前述方法c中，EHT/HE指示字段在触发帧的用户信息字段中，没法根据该字段判断具体的EHT TB PPDU的带宽。但触发帧的用户信息字段中存在RU分配字段，EHT站点在发送上行EHT TB PPDU时，根据该RU分配字段的指示在对应资源上发送该上行EHT TB PPDU。
可选的，站点接收到触发帧后，在发送EHT TB PPDU时，上行物理层前导码中的通信信令字段的带宽需要通过上行带宽字段、上行带宽拓展字段、以及EHT/HE指示字段中的一项或多项确定，比如，包括以下几种情况：基于上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段确定，或基于上行带宽拓展字段确定，或基于EHT/HE指示字段确定，或基于上行带宽字段、上行带宽拓展字段以及EHT/HE指示字段确定。可选的，还需要通过EHT操作元素(EHT operation element)中的信道宽度(Channel Width)、信道中心频率段(channel central frequency segment，CCFS)等字段，一起设置带宽值。其中，信道宽度字段用于指示该基本服务集(basic service set，BSS)带宽(也就是说该BSS内支持传输的PPDU的最大带宽)，一个或多个CCFS字段用于指示该BBS带宽的中心频率，从而使关联的站点获知本BSS传输的320MHz PPDU是320MHz-1PPDU还是320MHz-2PPDU。未关联的站点或者其他基本服务集的站点，可以通过接收该基本服务集中的AP发送的管理帧，比如信标帧，来获知该BSS传输的320MHz PPDU是320MHz-1PPDU还是320MHz-2PPDU；或者通过在触发帧中显示指示是320MHz-1还是320MHz-2。
可选的，在上述实施方式1.1和实施方式1.3中，EHT站点接收到触发帧后，如果传输的上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，可以根据EHT operation element元素的信道宽度(Channel width)字段、和CCFS字段等确定该320MHz带宽是320MHz-1还是320MHz-2，填入上行EHT TB PPDU的前导码的通用信令字段中。
可选的，在上述实施方式1.2和实施方式1.4中，EHT站点在收到触发帧后，如果传输的上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，可以根据触发帧(具体为触发帧的上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段的联合指示)中指示的320MHz-1还是320MHz-2，填入上行EHT TB PPDU的前导码的通用信令字段中。
以上是对方法1的各种实施方式的描述，为便于理解，下面将结合具体的示例对方法1的实施方式进行说明。具体地，下面各个示例以方法1的实施方式1.1为例进行说明。
以下各个示例中，假设前述第二指示信息采用方法a的实施方式a-3，即320MHz信道均可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，EHT/HE指示字段占用4个比特。在此情况下，4比特的EHT/HE指示字段中的未使用比特取决于上行PPDU的传输总带宽。比如，上行PPDU的传输总带宽是160MHz，4比特的EHT/HE指示字段就有2比特未使用；再比如，上行PPDU的传输总带宽是320MHz，4比特的EHT/HE指示字段就有0比特未使用。应理解，以下各个示例也适用于第二指示信息的其他实施方式。
还应理解，前述第二指示信息的各种实施方式也适用于前述第一指示信息的各种实施方式。
为便于描述，以下各个示例均假设主80MHz信道为第一个80MHz信道，次80MHz信道为第二个80MHz信道，次160MHz信道为第三个和第四个80MHz信道。其中，第一个至第四个80MHz信道是频率从高到底或者从低或到高进行排序得到。应理解，主80MHz信道可以是频段中的任何一个80MHz信道，次80MHz信道位于主80MHz信道旁边，次160MHz 信道连续。
示例1.1：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为3)指示160MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第6数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz。该触发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0011(其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，HE站点或EHT站点根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示，在第一个和第二个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其中HE TB PPDU的前导码中高效信令字段A的带宽字段设置为上行带宽字段指示的160MHz。EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、上行带宽拓展字段、以及EHT/HE指示字段，在第三个和第四个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU，其中EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为160MHz(这个值可以是基于上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段确定的)。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。参见图10a，图10a是示例1.1中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图。图10a中，上行多用户PPDU包括带宽为160MHz的HE TB PPDU和带宽为160MHz的EHT TB PPDU。
示例1.2：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为2)指示80MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第2数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz。该触发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0100(此情况下，EHT/HE指示字段的后2比特保留或未使用；其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，HE站点或EHT站点根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示，在第一个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其中HE TB PPDU的前导码中高效信令字段A的带宽字段设置为上行带宽字段指示的80MHz。EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、上行带宽拓展字段、以及EHT/HE指示字段，在第二个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU，其中EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为80MHz(这个值可以是基于上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段确定的)。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。参见图10b，图10b是示例1.2中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图。图10b中，上行多用户PPDU包括带宽为80MHz的HE TB PPDU和带宽为80MHz的EHT TB PPDU。
示例1.3：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为2)指示80MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第1数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为80MHz。该触发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为1000(此情况下，EHT/HE指示字段的后3比特保留或未使用；其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、上行带宽拓展字段、以及 EHT/HE指示字段，在第一个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU，其中EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为80MHz(这个值是基于EHT/HE指示字段确定)。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。参见图10c，图10c是示例1.3中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图。图10c中，上行多用户PPDU包括带宽为80MHz的EHT TB PPDU。
示例1.4：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为2)指示80MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第3数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz。该触发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0111(其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，HE站点或EHT站点根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示，在第一个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其中HE TB PPDU的前导码中高效信令字段A的带宽字段设置为上行带宽字段指示的80MHz。EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、上行带宽拓展字段、以及EHT/HE指示字段，在第二个、第三个、以及第四个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU，其中EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为320MHz(这个值是基于上行带宽字段确定的)。因为EHT标准中不支持240MHz类型的带宽，所以此情况下，EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段需要设置为320MHz，但EHT TB PPDU的实际传输带宽还是240MHz。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。参见图10d，图10d是示例1.4中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图。图10d中，上行多用户PPDU包括带宽为80MHz的HE TB PPDU和实际传输带宽为240MHz的EHT TB PPDU。
示例1.5：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为2)指示80MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第3数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz。该触发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0011(其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，HE站点或EHT站点根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示，在第一个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其中HE TB PPDU的前导码中高效信令字段A的带宽字段设置为上行带宽字段指示的80MHz。EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、上行带宽拓展字段、以及EHT/HE指示字段，在第三个和第四个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU，其中EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为160MHz(这个值是基于EHT/HE指示字段确定的)。应理解，EHT/HE指示字段指示在第一个和第二个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，但上行带宽字段指示的HE TB PPDU的带宽只有80MHz，所以第二个80MHz信道被打孔，只有第一个80MHz信道可以传输HE TB PPDU。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子 PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。参见图10e，图10e是示例1.5中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图。图10e中，第二个80MHz信道被打孔上行多用户PPDU包括带宽为80MHz的HE TB PPDU和带宽为160MHz的EHT TB PPDU。
方法2：上行带宽拓展字段用于联合触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽。其中，下述实施方式2.1、2.2以及2.3中，上行带宽拓展字段占用2个比特；下述实施方式2.4中上行带宽拓展字段占用3比特。
实施方式2.1：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0时，上行带宽拓展字段为保留字段，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为20MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为20MHz。
上述这句话也可以理解为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
或者为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为20MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为80MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持20MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。比如说上行HE PPDU在主20MHz传输,上行EHT PPDU在次160MHz中的一个80MHz传输，可选的，320MHz内除主20MHz以及次160MHz中的那个80MHz之外的频段都被打孔。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为160MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持20MHz上行HE PPDU和160MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。比如说上行HE PPDU在主20MHz上传输,上行EHT PPDU在次160MHz上传输，可选的，320MHz内除主20MHz以及次160MHz中之外的频段都被打孔。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
值得注意：20MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输可能在协议中不被允许，因此还可以为
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为160MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持20MHz上行HE PPDU和160MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为1时，上行带宽拓展字段为保留字段，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为40MHz。
上述这句话也可以理解为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为40MHz。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
或者为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为40MHz。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为80MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持40MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为160MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持40MHz上行HE PPDU和160MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
值得注意：40MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输可能在协议中也可能不被允许，因此还可以为
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为40MHz。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为160MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持40MHz上行HE PPDU和160MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为2，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为160MHz(80MHz+80MHz)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为2，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为320MHz。这是因为EHT标准中没有240MHz带宽(80MHz+160MHz)，所以上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽320MHz可以认为其中80MHz被打孔，其实际传输带宽为240MHz。
当上行带宽字段的取值为2，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为320MHz。应理解80MHz+320MHz超过了320MHz，但上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽仍为320MHz。
当上行带宽字段的取值为2，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，该组合保留。
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为320MHz。这是因为EHT标准中没有240MHz带宽(160MHz+80MHz)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为320MHz(160MHz+160MHz)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU传输的可能最大总带宽为320MHz。应理解160MHz+320MHz超过了320MHz，但上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽仍为320MHz。
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，该组合保留。
其中，该实施方式2.1中上行带宽拓展字段占用2个比特，可以表示0至3共4个数值。第1数值至第4数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、以及第4数值互不相同。比如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3。
可见，方法2的实施方式2.1与前述方法1的实施方式1.1的主要区别在于：实施方式2.1中EHT TB PPDU的带宽可以小于上行带宽字段指示的值。
实施方式2.2：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0时，上行带宽拓展字段为保留字段，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为20MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为20MHz。
上述这句话也可以理解为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，该取值组合保留(未 使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
或者为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为20MHz。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为80MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持20MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。比如说上行HE PPDU在主20MHz传输,上行EHT PPDU在次160MHz中的一个80MHz传输，可选的，320MHz内除主20MHz以及次160MHz中的那个80MHz之外的频段都被打孔。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为160MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持20MHz上行HE PPDU和160MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。比如说上行HE PPDU在主40MHz上传输,上行EHT PPDU在次160MHz上传输，可选的，320MHz内除主20MHz以及次160MHz中之外的频段都被打孔。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
值得注意：20MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输可能在协议中不被允许，因此还可以为
当上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为160MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持20MHz上行HE PPDU和160MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
上行带宽字段的取值为0，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为1时，上行带宽拓展字段为保留字段，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为40MHz。
上述这句话也可以理解为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为40MHz。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)；
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
或者为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为40MHz。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为80MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持40MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。比如说上行HE PPDU占主40MHz,上行EHT PPDU占次160MHz中的一个80MHz，可选的，320MHz内除主40MHz以及次160MHz中的那个80MHz之外的频段都被打孔。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为160MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持40MHz上行HE PPDU和160MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。比如说上行HE PPDU占主40MHz,上行EHT PPDU占次160MHz，可选的，320MHz内除主40MHz以及次160MHz之外的频段都被打孔。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
值得注意：40MHz上行HE PPDU和80MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输可能在协议中也可能不被允许，因此还可以为：
当上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为40MHz。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的传输带宽为160MHz；此时该组合可以用来支持40MHz上行HE PPDU和160MHz上行EHT PPDU的混合上行传输。该组合当然仍可以支持相应带宽的非A-PPDU传输，比如上行HE PPDU，再比如上行EHT PPDU。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
上行带宽字段的取值为1，上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值，该取值组合保留(未使用)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为2，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为160MHz(80MHz+80MHz)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为2，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为320MHz。这是因为EHT标准中没有240MHz带宽(80MHz+160MHz)，所以上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽320MHz可以认为其中80MHz被打孔，其实际传输带宽为240MHz。
当上行带宽字段的取值为2，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，联合指示的 EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为320MHz。应理解80MHz+320MHz超过了320MHz，但上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽仍为320MHz。
当上行带宽字段的取值为2，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-2。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为320MHz。
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为320MHz。这是因为EHT标准中没有240MHz带宽(160MHz+80MHz)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。此情况下，上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽为320MHz(160MHz+160MHz)。
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1。此情况下，上行PPDU传输的可能最大总带宽为320MHz。应理解160MHz+320MHz超过了320MHz，但上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽仍为320MHz。
当上行带宽字段的取值为3，并且上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-2。此情况下，上行PPDU传输的可能最大总带宽为320MHz。应理解160MHz+320MHz超过了320MHz，但上行PPDU最大可能的传输总带宽仍为320MHz。
其中，该实施方式2.2中上行带宽拓展字段占用2个比特，可以表示0至3共4个数值。第1数值至第4数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、以及第4数值互不相同。比如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3。
可见，上述实施方式2.1和上述实施方式2.2中上行带宽拓展字段的取值和含义可以总结如下表6所示。
表6
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000016
表6a
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000017
表6b
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000019
在实施方式2.1，当EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz时，此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，或者此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值。为了方便接收站点便于实施，或者提供更多的保留组合或者未使用值，提出2种方法：
1.当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz；或者，当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值，此时为保留组合。
还可以表述为：
当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，此时为保留组合。
或者，当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值，此时为保留组合。
2.当上行带宽拓展字段设置为第3数值，上行带宽字段可以设置为任意值，即0～3中的任何一种，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz时。
在实施方式2.2，当EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-1时，此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，或者此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值。为了方便接收站点便于实施，提出2种方法：
1.当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-1；或者，当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-1；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值，此时为保留组合。
还可以表述为：
当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320-1MHz；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值。此时为保留组合。
或者，当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第3数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320-1MHz；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第3数值，此时为保留组合。
2.当上行带宽拓展字段设置为第3数值，上行带宽字段可以设置为任意值，即0～3中的任何一种，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-1。
当EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-2时，此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第4数值，或者此时上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第4数值。为了方便接收站点便于实施，提出2种方法：
1.当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第4数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-2；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第4数值，此时为保留组合。
或者，当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为2和第4数值，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-2；当上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段可以分别设置为3和第4数值，此时为保留组合。
2.当上行带宽拓展字段设置为第4数值，上行带宽字段可以设置为任意值，即0～3中的任何一种，此时EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-2时。
在实施方式2.2，分别针对于EHT TB PPDU带宽为320MHz-1时或320MHz-2时，2种方法中方法1提出由一种组合指示EHT TB PPDU带宽，另一种组合为保留(未使用)。
如前文已提到考虑现有160MHz的802.11ax站点或802.11ac的站点可能会把160MHz的每20MHz上的传统前导码合并，比如L-SIG字段，或会把160MHz的每20MHz上的复制传输的前导码合并，比如802.11ax中的HE-SIG-A字段，或者802.11ac的VHT-SIG-A字段，提出主160MHz传输的上行PPDU不允许混合传输，否则会导致支持160MHz的802.11ax站点或802.11ac的站点前导码错误接收。此时，EHT/HE指示字段的频率分段(上行子PPDU传输的带宽粒度)大小需为160MHz。因此，上行混合传输的PPDU(A-PPDU)主160MHz内不能同时包括上行HE PPDU和上行EHT PPDU，比如160MHz带宽内，主80MHz上传输上行HE PPDU以及次80MHz上传输上行EHT PPDU，或者主80MHz上传输上行EHT PPDU以及次80MHz上传输上行HE PPDU；再比如320MHz带宽内，主80MHz上传输上行HE PPDU，次80MHz上传输上行EHT PPDU以及次160MHz上传输EHT PPDU，或者主80MHz上传输上行EHT PPDU，次80MHz上传输上行HE PPDU以及次160MHz上传输EHT PPDU；因此触发帧的上行带宽拓展字段或者上行EHT PPDU带宽的设计无需支持上述在主160MHz存在上行HE PPDU和上行EHT PPDU的混合传输，比如前面提到的4种混合传输。
实施方式2.3：
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽、与上行带宽字段指示的带宽相同；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz。
其中，该实施方式2.3中上行带宽拓展字段占用2个比特，可以表示0至3共4个数值。第1数值至第4数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、以及第4数值互不相同。比如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3。
可见，该实施方式2.3中上行带宽拓展字段的取值和含义可总结如下表7所示。
表7
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000020
实施方式2.4：
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第1数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽、与上行带宽字段指示的带宽相同；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第2数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第3数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第4数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1；
当上行带宽拓展字段的取值为第5数值时，上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-2；其他数值保留。
其中，该实施方式2.4中上行带宽拓展字段占用3个比特，可以表示0至7共8个数值。第1数值至第5数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、第4数值、以及第5数值互不相同。比如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3，第5数值为4，其他数值(即5,6,7)保留。
可见，该实施方式2.4中上行带宽拓展字段的取值和含义可总结如下表8所示。
表8
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000022
在上述方法2的各种实施方式中，如果站点传输的是上行HE TB PPDU，其带宽为上行带宽字段指示的值。如果站点传输的是上行EHT TB PPDU，其带宽为上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的带宽。
可选的，站点接收到触发帧后，在发送EHT TB PPDU时，上行物理层前导码中的通信信令字段的带宽需要通过上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段确定，可选的，还需要通过EHT操作元素中的信道宽度(Channel Width)、CCFS等字段，一起设置带宽值。其中，信道宽度字段用于指示该BSS带宽(也就是说该BSS内支持传输的PPDU的最大带宽)，一个或多个CCFS字段用于指示该BBS带宽的中心频率，从而使关联的站点获知本BSS传输的320MHz PPDU是320MHz-1PPDU还是320MHz-2PPDU。未关联的站点或者其他基本服务集的站点，可以通过接收该基本服务集中的AP发送的管理帧，比如信标帧，来获知该BSS传输的320MHz PPDU是320MHz-1PPDU还是320MHz-2PPDU；或者通过在触发帧中显示指示是320MHz-1还是320MHz-2。
可选的，在上述实施方式2.1和实施方式2.3中，EHT站点接收到触发帧后，如果传输的上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，可以根据EHT operation element元素的带宽(bandwidth)字段、和CCFS字段等确定该320MHz带宽是320MHz-1还是320MHz-2，填入上行EHT TB PPDU的前导码的通用信令字段中。
可选的，在上述实施方式2.2和实施方式2.4中，EHT站点在收到触发帧后，如果传输的上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，可以根据触发帧(具体为触发帧的上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段的联合指示)中指示的320MHz-1还是320MHz-2，填入上行EHT TB PPDU的前导码的通用信令字段中。
以上是对方法2的各种实施方式的描述，为便于理解，下面将结合具体的示例对方法2的实施方式进行说明。具体地，下面各个示例以方法2的实施方式2.1为例进行说明。
以下各个示例中，假设前述第二指示信息采用方法a的实施方式a-3，即320MHz信道均可以用来混传HE TB PPDU和EHT TB PPDU，EHT/HE指示字段占用4个比特。在此情况下，4比特的EHT/HE指示字段中的未使用比特取决于上行PPDU的传输总带宽。比如，上行PPDU的传输总带宽是160MHz，4比特的EHT/HE指示字段就有2比特未使用；再比如，上行PPDU的传输总带宽是320MHz，4比特的EHT/HE指示字段就有0比特未使用。应理解，以下各个示例也适用于第二指示信息的其他实施方式。还应理解，前述第二指示信息的各种实施方式适用于前述第一指示信息的各种实施方式。
为便于描述，以下各个示例均假设主80MHz信道为第一个80MHz信道，次80MHz信道为第二个80MHz信道，次160MHz信道为第三个和第四个80MHz信道。其中，第一个至第四个80MHz信道是频率从高到底或者从低或到高进行排序得到。应理解，主80MHz信道可以是频段中的任何一个80MHz信道，次80MHz信道位于主80MHz信道旁边，次160MHz信道连续。
示例2.1：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为3)指示160MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第2数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。该触发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0011(其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，HE站点或EHT站点根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示，在第一个和第二个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其中HE TB PPDU的前导码中高效信令字段A的带宽字段设置为上行带宽字段指示的160MHz。EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、和上行带宽拓展字段，将EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为160MHz(这个值是上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的值)，并根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示在第三个和第四个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。
示例2.2：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为2)指示80MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第1数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。该触发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0100(其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，HE站点或EHT站点根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示，在第一个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其中HE TB PPDU的前导码中高效信令字段A的带宽 字段设置为上行带宽字段指示的80MHz。EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、和上行带宽拓展字段，将EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为80MHz(这个值是上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的值)，并根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示在第二个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。
示例2.3：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为2)指示80MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第1数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。该触发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为1000(其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。其中，该触发帧中不包括调度HE站点的用户信息字段，即用户信息字段中的AID12字段的取值不等于任一HE站点的关联标识；并且该触发帧中没有给EHT站点分配第二个80MHz信道上的资源。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、和上行带宽拓展字段，将EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为80MHz(这个值是上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的值)，并根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示在第一个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。
示例2.4：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为2)指示80MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第3数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz。该触发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0111(其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，HE站点或EHT站点根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示，在第一个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其中HE TB PPDU的前导码中高效信令字段A的带宽字段设置为上行带宽字段指示的80MHz。EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、和上行带宽拓展字段，将EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为320MHz(这个值是上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的值)，并根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示在第二个、第三个以及第四个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。
示例2.5：
AP发送触发帧，该触发帧中上行带宽字段(其取值为3)指示160MHz，上行带宽拓展字段(其取值为第1数值)联合上行带宽字段指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。该触 发帧中EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0011或0001(其中0指示传输HE TB PPDU，1指示传输EHT TB PPDU)。
多个站点接收到触发帧后，HE站点或EHT站点根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示，在第一个和第二个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，其中HE TB PPDU的前导码中高效信令字段A的带宽字段设置为上行带宽字段指示的160MHz。EHT站点根据上行带宽字段、和上行带宽拓展字段，将EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为80MHz(这个值是上行带宽字段和上行带宽拓展字段联合指示的值)，并根据EHT/HE指示字段的指示在第四个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。
应理解，当EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0001时，其指示在第一个、第二个以及第三个80MHz信道上传输HE TB PPDU，但上行带宽字段指示的HE TB PPDU的带宽只有160MHz，所以第三个80MHz信道被打孔，只有第一个和第二个80MHz信道可以传输HE TB PPDU。当EHT/HE指示字段的取值为0011时，其指示在第三个和第四个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU，但联合指示的EHT TB PPDU的带宽只有80MHz，所以第三个和第四个80MHz信道中必有一个80MHz信道被打孔，其具体是哪个80MHz信道被打孔，取决于上述触发帧中给EHT站点分配的资源位于哪个80MHz信道上。例如，上述触发帧中给EHT站点分配的资源位于第四个80MHz信道上，则第三个80MHz信道被打孔，只能在第四个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。又如，上述触发帧中给EHT站点分配的资源位于第三个80MHz信道上，则第四个80MHz信道被打孔，只能在第三个80MHz信道上传输EHT TB PPDU。
AP接收上行多用户PPDU，该上行多用户PPDU包括一个或多个站点发送的上行子PPDU。然后，AP回复确认帧。其中，发送给一个或多个站点的确认帧可以通过下行OFDMA形式发送，也可以通过non-HT复制传输形式发送。参见图11，图11是示例2.5中AP触发站点进行上行数据传输的时序示意图。图11中，第三个80MHz信道被打孔，上行多用户PPDU包括带宽为160MHz的HE TB PPDU和带宽为80MHz的EHT TB PPDU。
方法3：第一指示信息直接用于指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽。该第一指示信息携带在上行PPDU总带宽字段中，该字段占用3个比特。
实施方式3.1：
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第1数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第2数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第3数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为80MHz；
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第4数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第5数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz；其他数值未使用。
其中，该实施方式3.1中上行带宽拓展字段占用3个比特，可以表示0至7共8个数值。第1数值至第5数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、第4数值、以及第5数值互不相同。比如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3，第5数值为4，其他数值(即5,6,7)保留。
实施方式3.2：
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第1数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为20MHz；
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第2数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为40MHz；
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第3数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为80MHz；
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第4数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为160MHz；
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第5数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-1；
当上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值为第6数值时，指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽为320MHz-2；其他数值未使用。
其中，该实施方式3.2中上行PPDU总带宽占用3个比特，可以表示0至7共8个数值。第1数值至第6数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、第4数值、第5数值、以及第6数值互不相同。比如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3，第5数值为4，第6数值为5，其他数值(即6,7)保留。
可见，上述实施方式3.1和上述实施方式3.2中上行PPDU总带宽字段的取值和含义可总结如下表9所示。
表9
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000023
上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段与上行带宽字段为2个独立字段，比如说，当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第1数值时(即对应上行PPDU的传输带宽为20MHz)，此时上行带宽字段可以设置为任意值。为了便于接收机便于实施，或者提供更多的保留组合(未使用值)，提出在实施例4.1或者4.2中：
1.当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第1数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为20MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的一个值，比如0。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第1数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他3个值中的任意一个(比如1或2或3)，所对应的3种取值组合，为保留组合(未使用)。
2.当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第2数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的一个值，比如1。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第2数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他3个值中的任意一个(比如0或2或3)，所对应的3种取值组合，为保留组合(未使用)。
3.当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第3数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值中的任意一个(比如0，1，2中的任意一个，再比如，0,1,3中的任意一个)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第3数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他2个值(比如0,1)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
4.当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第4数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值中的任意个(比如0，1，2中的任意一个，再比如，0,1,3中的任意一个)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第4数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他2个值(比如0，1)对应的2个取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
在实施例4.1中
5.当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值中任意一个(比如0，1，2中的任意一个，再比如，0,1,3中的任意一个)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他2个值(比如0，1)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
在实施例4.2中
5.当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值中的任意一个(比如0，1，2中的任意一个，再比如，0,1,3中的任意一个)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他2个值(比如0 1)对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
6.当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第6数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-2，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值中的任意一个(比如0，1，2中的任意一个，再比如，0,1,3中的任意一个)，所对应的取值组 合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第6数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-2，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他2个值(比如0 1)对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
为了便于接收机便于实施，或者提供更多的保留组合或者未使用值，提出另一种实施方式：
在实施例4.1或者4.2中：
1.当上行带宽字段需设置为0，以及上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第1数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为20MHz。那么上行带宽字段需设置为0和上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为其他3个数值(比如第2～4数值)对应的3个取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
2.当上行带宽字段需设置为1，以及上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第2数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz。那么上行带宽字段需设置为1和上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为其他3个数值(比如第1,3,4数值)对应的3个取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
在实施例4.1中：
3.当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，或者该取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
那么上行带宽字段需设置为2和上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为其他2个数值(也就是说第1,2数值)，对应的2个取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
4.当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，或者该取值组合为保留(未使用)。
那么上行带宽字段需设置为3和上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为其他2个数值(也就是说第1,2数值)，对应的2个取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
在实施例4.2中：
3.当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上 行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第6数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-2，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
那么上行带宽字段需设置为2和上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为其他2个数值(也就是说第1,2数值)，对应的2个组合为保留组合(未使用)。
4.当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为第6数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MH-2，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
那么上行带宽字段需设置为3和上行PPDU的传输总带宽字段设置为其他2个数值(也就是说第1,2数值)，对应的2个组合为保留组合(未使用)。
在上述方法3的各种实施方式中，如果站点传输的是上行HE TB PPDU，其带宽为上行带宽字段指示的值。如果站点传输的是上行EHT TB PPDU，其带宽基于上行带宽字段、上行PPDU总带宽字段、以及EHT/HE指示字段中的一项或多项确定，比如，包括以下几种情况：基于上行带宽字段和上行PPDU总带宽字段确定，或基于上行PPDU总带宽字段确定，或基于EHT/HE指示字段确定，或基于上行带宽字段、上行PPDU总带宽字段、以及EHT/HE指示字段确定。例如，当前述第二指示信息采用方法a的实施方式a-3时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽可以仅基于EHT/HE指示字段确定。
可选的，针对上述方法3的各种实施方式，当前述第二指示信息采用方法c实现时，EHT站点接收到触发帧后，可以将上行EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为上行PPDU总带宽字段指示的上行PPDU的传输总带宽。这是因为前述方法c中，EHT/HE指示字段在触发帧的用户信息字段中，没法根据该字段判断具体的EHT TB PPDU的带宽。但触发帧的用户信息字段中存在RU分配字段，EHT站点在发送上行EHT TB PPDU时，根据该RU分配字段的指示在对应资源上发送该上行EHT TB PPDU。
方法4：第一指示信息直接用于指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽。该第一指示信息携带在上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段中，该字段占用3个比特。
实施方式4.1：
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第1数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为20MHz；
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第2数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz；
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第3数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为 80MHz；
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第4数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz；
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第5数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz；其他数值未使用。
其中，该实施方式4.1中上行带宽拓展字段占用3个比特，可以表示0至7共8个数值。第1数值至第5数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、第4数值、以及第5数值互不相同。比如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3，第5数值为4，其他数值(即5,6,7)保留。
实施方式4.2：
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第1数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为20MHz；
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第2数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz；
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第3数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz；
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第4数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz；
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第5数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1；
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值为第6数值时，指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-2；其他数值未使用。
其中，该实施方式4.2中上行带宽拓展字段占用3个比特，可以表示0至7共8个数值。第1数值至第6数值可以分别取{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7}中的任意一个，且第1数值、第2数值、第3数值、第4数值、第5数值、以及第6数值互不相同。比如，第1数值为0，第2数值为1,第3数值为2，第4数值为3，第5数值为4，第6数值为5，其他数值(即6,7)保留。
可见，上述实施方式4.1和上述实施方式4.2中上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段的取值和含义可总结如下表10所示。
表10
Figure PCTCN2021127202-appb-000024
在上述方法4的各种实施方式中，如果站点传输的是上行HE TB PPDU，其带宽为上行 带宽字段指示的值。如果站点传输的是上行EHT TB PPDU，其带宽基于上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段确定。
上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段与上行带宽字段为2个独立字段，比如说，当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第1数值时(即对应EHT TB PPDU的带宽为20MHz)，此时上行带宽字段可以设置为任意值。为了便于接收机便于实施，或者提供更多的保留组合(未使用值)，提出在实施例4.1或者4.2中：
1.当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第1数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为20MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的一个值，比如0。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第1数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他3个值中的任意一个(比如1或2或3)，所对应的3种取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
2.当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第2数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的一个值，比如1。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第2数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他3个值中的任意一个(比如0或2或3)，所对应的3种取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
3.当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第3数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值中的任意一个(比如0，1，2中的任意一个，再比如，0,1,3中的任意一个)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第3数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他2个值(比如0,1)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
4.当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第4数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他3个值中的任意一个(比如0，1，2中的任意一个，再比如，0,1,3中的任意一个)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第4数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他2个值(比如0,1)，所对应的组合为保留组合(未使用)。
在实施例4.1中：
5.当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值中的任意一个(比如0，1，2中的任意一个，再比如，0,1,3中的任意一个)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值(比如0,1)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
在实施例4.2中：
5.当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值中的任意一个，(所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320-1MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值(比如0,1)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
6.当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第6数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320-2MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的1个值，比如2或3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值中的任意一个，所对应的3个组合为保留组合(未使用)。
或者
当上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第6数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320-2MHz，以及上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的2个值，比如2和3。那么上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值和上行带宽字段需设置为“0～3”4个值中的其他值(比如0,1)，所对应的取值组合为保留组合(未使用)。
为了便于接收机便于实施，或者提供更多的保留组合或者未使用值，提出另一种实施方式：
在实施例4.1或者4.2中：
1.当上行带宽字段需设置为0，以及上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第1数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为20MHz。那么上行带宽字段需设置为0和上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为其他3个数值中的任意一个(比如第2～4数值中一个)，对应的3种组合为保留组合(未使用)。
2.当上行带宽字段需设置为1，以及上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第2数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为40MHz。那么上行带宽字段需设置为1和上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为其他3个数值中的任意一个(比如第1,3,4数值中一个)，对应的3个组合为保留组合(未使用)。
在实施例4.1中：
3.当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行 EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
那么上行带宽字段需设置为2和上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为其他2个数值中的任意一个(也就是说第1,2数值中的一个)，对应的2个组合为保留组合(未使用)。
4.当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
那么上行带宽字段需设置为3和上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为其他2个数值中的任意一个(也就是说第1,2数值中的一个)，对应的2个组合为保留组合(未使用)。
在实施例4.2中：
3.当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
当上行带宽字段需设置为2，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第6数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-2，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
那么上行带宽字段需设置为2和上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为其他2个数值中的一个(也就是说第1,2数值中的一个)，对应的2个组合为保留组合(未使用)。
4.当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第3数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为80MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第4数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为160MHz。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第5数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MHz-1，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
当上行带宽字段需设置为3，上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为第6数值，此时，上行EHT TB PPDU的带宽为320MH-2，或者组合为保留(未使用)。
那么上行带宽字段需设置为3和上行EHT TB PPDU带宽字段设置为其他2个数值中的一个(也就是说第1,2数值中的一个)，对应的2个组合为保留组合(未使用)。
上述内容详细阐述了本申请提供的方法，为了便于更好地实施本申请实施例的上述方案，本申请实施例还提供了相应的装置或设备。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对AP和STA进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对 应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面将结合图12和图13详细描述本申请实施例的通信装置。其中，该通信装置是接入点或站点，进一步的，该通信装置可以为AP中的装置；或者，该通信装置为STA中的装置。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，参见图12，图12是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1的结构示意图。该通信装置1可以为AP或AP中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片等。如图12所示，该通信装置1包括：处理单元11和收发单元12。
第一种设计中，该处理单元11，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或极高吞吐率物理层协议数据单元EHT TB PPDU在该上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布；该收发单元12，用于发送该触发帧。
第二种设计中，该处理单元11，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；该收发单元12，用于发送该触发帧。
可选的，上述第一种和第二种设计中，上述收发单元12，还用于接收HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU；
其中，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段基于该第一指示信息、该上行带宽字段、该第二指示信息中的一项或多项确定。
第三种设计中，该处理单元11，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示极高吞吐率物理层数据协议单元EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，该EHT TB PPDU的带宽为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，该HE TB PPDU的带宽为该上行带宽字段的带宽；该收发单元12，用于发送该触发帧。
第四种设计中，该处理单元11，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；该收发单元12，用于发送该触发帧。
可选的，上述第三种和第四种设计中，上述收发单元12，还用于接收HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU；其中，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的值。
应理解，该通信装置1可对应执行前述方法实施例，并且该通信装置1中的各个单元的上述操作或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例中AP的相应操作，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
参见图13，图13是本申请实施例提供的通信装置2的结构示意图。该通信装置2可以为STA或STA中的芯片，比如Wi-Fi芯片等。如图13所示，该通信装置2包括：收发单元21和处理单元22。
第一种设计中，该收发单元21，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或极高吞吐率物理层协议数据单元EHT TB PPDU在该上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布；该处理单元22，用于解析该触发帧。
第二种设计中，该收发单元21，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；该处理单元22，用于解析该触发帧。
上述第一种和第二种设计中，上述处理单元22，还用于生成HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段基于该第一指示信息、该上行带宽字段、该第二指示信息中的一项或多项确定；上述收发单元21，还用于根据该第二指示信息的指示，发送生成的该HE TB PPDU或该EHT TB PPDU。
第三种设计中，该收发单元21，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，该EHT TB PPDU的带宽为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，该HE TB PPDU的带宽为该上行带宽字段的带宽；该处理单元22，用于解析该触发帧。
第四种设计中，该收发单元21，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；该处理单元22，用于解析该触发帧。
上述第三种和第四种设计中，上述处理单元22，还用于生成HE TB PPDU或EHT TB PPDU，该EHT TB PPDU的前导码中通用信令字段的带宽字段设置为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的值；上述收发单元21，还用于根据该第二指示信息的指示，发送生成的该HE TB PPDU或该EHT TB PPDU。
应理解，该通信装置2可对应执行前述方法实施例，并且该通信装置2中的各个单元的上述操作或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例中STA的相应操作，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
以上介绍了本申请实施例的AP和STA，以下介绍所述AP和STA可能的产品形态。应理解，但凡具备上述图12所述的AP的功能的任何形态的产品，但凡具备上述图13所述的STA的功能的任何形态的产品，都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。还应理解，以下介绍仅为举例，不限制本申请实施例的AP和STA的产品形态仅限于此。
作为一种可能的产品形态，本申请实施例所述的AP和STA，可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。
AP，包括处理器和与所述处理器内部连接通信的收发器。
一种设计中，处理器，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或极高吞吐率物理层协议数据单元EHT TB PPDU在该上行 PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布；收发器，用于发送该触发帧。
一种设计中，处理器，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；收发器，用于发送该触发帧。
一种设计中，处理器，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示极高吞吐率物理层数据协议单元EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，该EHT TB PPDU的带宽为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，该HE TB PPDU的带宽为该上行带宽字段的带宽；收发器，用于发送该触发帧。
一种设计中，处理器，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；收发器，用于发送该触发帧。
STA，包括处理器和与所述处理器内部连接通信的收发器。
一种设计中，收发器，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或极高吞吐率物理层协议数据单元EHT TB PPDU在该上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布；处理器，用于解析该触发帧。
一种设计中，收发器，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；处理器，用于解析该触发帧。
一种设计中，收发器，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，该EHT TB PPDU的带宽为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，该HE TB PPDU的带宽为该上行带宽字段的带宽；处理器，用于解析该触发帧。
一种设计中，处理器，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；收发器，用于解析该触发帧。
作为一种可能的产品形态，本申请实施例所述的AP和STA，可以由通用处理器来实现。
实现AP的通用处理器包括处理电路和与所述处理电路内部连接通信的输入输出接口。
一种设计中，处理电路，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或极高吞吐率物理层协议数据单元EHT TB PPDU在该上 行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布；输入输出接口，用于发送该触发帧。
一种设计中，处理电路，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行物理层协议数据单元PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；输入输出接口，用于发送该触发帧。
一种设计中，处理电路，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示极高吞吐率物理层数据协议单元EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，该EHT TB PPDU的带宽为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，该HE TB PPDU的带宽为该上行带宽字段的带宽；输入输出接口，用于发送该触发帧。
一种设计中，处理电路，用于生成触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；输入输出接口，用于发送该触发帧。
实现STA的通用处理电路包括处理电路和与所述处理电路内部连接通信的输入输出接口。
一种设计中，输入输出接口，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示基于触发的高效物理层协议数据单元HE TB PPDU和/或极高吞吐率物理层协议数据单元EHT TB PPDU在该上行PPDU的传输总带宽内的分布；处理电路，用于解析该触发帧。
一种设计中，输入输出接口，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示上行PPDU的传输总带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；处理电路，用于解析该触发帧。
一种设计中，输入输出接口，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示EHT TB PPDU的频域分片和/或HE TB PPDU的频域分片，该EHT TB PPDU的带宽为该第一指示信息和该上行带宽字段联合指示的带宽，该HE TB PPDU的带宽为该上行带宽字段的带宽；处理电路，用于解析该触发帧。
一种设计中，处理电路，用于接收触发帧，该触发帧中包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息和该触发帧的公共信息字段中的上行带宽字段联合指示EHT TB PPDU的带宽，该上行带宽字段指示HE TB PPDU的带宽；该触发帧还包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；输入输出接口，用于解析该触发帧。
应理解，上述各种产品形态的通信装置，具有上述方法实施例中AP或STA的任意功能，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序代码，当上述处理器执行该计算机程序代码时，电子设备执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使 得计算机执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置，该装置可以以芯片的产品形态存在，该装置的结构中包括处理器和接口电路，该处理器用于通过接收电路与其它装置通信，使得该装置执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种无线通信系统，包括AP和STA，该AP和STA可以执行前述任一实施例中的方法。
结合本申请公开内容所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现，也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、闪存、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM，EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外，该ASIC可以位于核心网接口设备中。当然，处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于核心网接口设备中。
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机可读存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。
以上所述的具体实施方式，对本申请的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请的保护范围，凡在本申请的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请的保护范围之内。

Claims (16)

  1. 一种物理层协议数据单元PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入点(access point,AP)生成触发帧，所述触发帧中包括EHT/HE指示字段，所述EHT/HE指示字段用于指示站点(station,STA)传输HE TB PPDU或者EHT TB PPDU；
    所述AP发送所述触发帧。
  2. 一种物理层协议数据单元PPDU的上行带宽指示方法，其特征在于，包括：
    站点(station,STA)接收触发帧，所述触发帧中包括EHT/HE指示字段，所述EHT/HE指示字段用于指示所述STA传输HE TB PPDU或者EHT TB PPDU；
    所述STA根据EHT/HE指示字段，确定传输HE TB PPDU或者EHT TB PPDU。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述STA为被分配到主160MHz所在的频域上的STA。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述EHT/HE指示字段的长度为1比特。
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，被分配到次160MHz所在频域上的STA传输EHT TB PPDU。
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述EHT/HE指示字段和所述触发帧的用户信息字段中的资源分配字段联合指示所述STA在对应的资源块上传输HE TB PPDU或者EHT TB PPDU；所述资源分配字段包括所述用户信息字段的第13比特到第20比特的8比特以及第40比特。
  7. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述EHT/HE指示字段和所述触发帧的用户信息字段中的资源分配字段联合指示所述用户信息字段是HE用户信息字段或者EHT用户信息字段；所述资源分配字段包括所述用户信息字段的第13比特到第20比特的8比特以及第40比特。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述EHT/HE指示字段位于所述触发帧的公共信息字段的预留比特中。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述触发帧中还包括HE用户信息字段和EHT用户信息字段中的一个或多个，所述HE用户信息字段和EHT用户信息字段的长度相同。
  10. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述方法的单元或模块。
  11. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器，所述处理器用于生成触发帧，所述触发帧中包括EHT/HE指示字段，所述EHT/HE指示字段用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；所述收发器用于发送所述触发帧。
  12. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理器和收发器，所述收发器用于接收触发帧，所述触发帧中包括EHT/HE指示字段，所述EHT/HE指示字段用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；所述处理器用于根据EHT/HE指示字段，确定传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
  13. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为芯片，所述通信装置包括输入输出接口和处理电路，所述处理电路用于生成触发帧，所述触发帧中包括EHT/HE指示字段，所述EHT/HE指示字段用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；所述输入输出接口用于发送所述触发帧。
  14. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置为芯片，所述通信装置包括输入输出接口和处理电路，所述输入输出接口用于接收触发帧，所述触发帧中包括EHT/HE指示字段，所述EHT/HE指示字段用于指示站点传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU；所述处理电路用于根据EHT/HE指示字段，确定传输HE TB PPDU还是EHT TB PPDU。
  15. 一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有程序指令，当所述程序指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法。
  16. 一种包含程序指令的计算机程序产品，当所述程序指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/127202 2020-10-28 2021-10-28 Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置 WO2022089553A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023526425A JP2023547491A (ja) 2020-10-28 2021-10-28 Ｐｐｄｕアップリンク帯域幅指示方法および関連装置
KR1020237018078A KR20230093508A (ko) 2020-10-28 2021-10-28 Ppdu 업링크 대역폭 표시 방법 및 관련 장치
EP21885280.4A EP4228215A4 (en) 2020-10-28 2021-10-28 PPDU UPLINK BANDWIDTH INDICATION METHOD AND RELATED APPARATUS
US18/308,454 US20230354284A1 (en) 2020-10-28 2023-04-27 Ppdu uplink bandwidth indication method and related apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011174703.8 2020-10-28
CN202011174703 2020-10-28
CN202011420634.4 2020-12-07
CN202011420634 2020-12-07
CN202011469254.XA CN114501638A (zh) 2020-10-28 2020-12-14 Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置
CN202011469254.X 2020-12-14

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/308,454 Continuation US20230354284A1 (en) 2020-10-28 2023-04-27 Ppdu uplink bandwidth indication method and related apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022089553A1 true WO2022089553A1 (zh) 2022-05-05

Family

ID=81381972

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/127202 WO2022089553A1 (zh) 2020-10-28 2021-10-28 Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置
PCT/CN2021/127203 WO2022089554A1 (zh) 2020-10-28 2021-10-28 Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/127203 WO2022089554A1 (zh) 2020-10-28 2021-10-28 Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US20230354284A1 (zh)
EP (2) EP4228317A4 (zh)
JP (2) JP2023548480A (zh)
KR (2) KR20230093508A (zh)
CN (2) CN116528371B (zh)
AU (1) AU2021372786B2 (zh)
TW (2) TWI810692B (zh)
WO (2) WO2022089553A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024082223A1 (zh) * 2022-10-20 2024-04-25 北京小米移动软件有限公司 通信方法、电子设备及存储介质

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190289612A1 (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless communication via a large bandwidth channel
CN110768757A (zh) * 2018-07-25 2020-02-07 华为技术有限公司 资源单元指示方法、装置及存储介质
WO2020111638A1 (ko) * 2018-11-29 2020-06-04 엘지전자 주식회사 무선랜 시스템에서 eht ppdu를 송신하는 방법 및 장치
CN111654867A (zh) * 2019-03-04 2020-09-11 联发科技（新加坡）私人有限公司 无线通信方法

Family Cites Families (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9763238B2 (en) * 2015-11-04 2017-09-12 Intel Corporation Signaling uplink frame duration in wireless local-area networks
US11109278B2 (en) * 2017-10-20 2021-08-31 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiplexing clients of different generations in trigger-based transmissions
US10880066B2 (en) * 2018-01-30 2020-12-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Multiplexing clients in wireless local area network transmissions
US11057880B2 (en) * 2018-06-11 2021-07-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless communication with per-station punctured transmissions
US10925065B2 (en) * 2018-06-15 2021-02-16 Intel Corporation Extreme high throughput physical layer data rate
US11160084B2 (en) * 2018-07-05 2021-10-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Supporting 320 MHz operating BW
CN116405161B (zh) * 2018-07-17 2024-01-16 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
DE112018007884T5 (de) * 2018-08-02 2021-04-22 Intel IP Corporation Verfahren und vorrichtungen zum erzeugen und verarbeiten von prozessverwaltungsframes
CA3072820C (en) * 2018-08-23 2023-02-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and device for transmitting and receiving information about size of resource unit in wireless local area network system
US20200107393A1 (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-02 Marvell World Trade Ltd. Wlan operation using multiple component channels
US11038529B2 (en) * 2018-10-22 2021-06-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless preamble design for wireless communication devices and methods
US11363518B2 (en) * 2018-12-11 2022-06-14 Qualcomm Incorporated High efficiency signaling
US10904061B2 (en) 2019-01-16 2021-01-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Signal phase rotation
US11128505B2 (en) * 2019-02-06 2021-09-21 Intel Corporation And Intel Ip Corporation Channel width, spatial streams, and short packet signaling
US11831423B2 (en) * 2020-01-06 2023-11-28 Nxp Usa, Inc. Method and apparatus for communications with channel puncturing
US20210360628A1 (en) * 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method of communication based on extended bandwidth and multi-resource unit in wireless local area network system
US11924812B2 (en) * 2020-07-23 2024-03-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced trigger frame
US11564243B2 (en) * 2020-07-27 2023-01-24 Newracom, Inc. Signaling method for multiplexing different amendment devices in an enhanced wireless local area network
CN116347566B (zh) * 2020-08-21 2024-03-01 华为技术有限公司 Ppdu的上行参数指示方法及相关装置

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190289612A1 (en) * 2018-03-16 2019-09-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Wireless communication via a large bandwidth channel
CN110768757A (zh) * 2018-07-25 2020-02-07 华为技术有限公司 资源单元指示方法、装置及存储介质
WO2020111638A1 (ko) * 2018-11-29 2020-06-04 엘지전자 주식회사 무선랜 시스템에서 eht ppdu를 송신하는 방법 및 장치
CN111654867A (zh) * 2019-03-04 2020-09-11 联发科技（新加坡）私人有限公司 无线通信方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4228215A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024082223A1 (zh) * 2022-10-20 2024-04-25 北京小米移动软件有限公司 通信方法、电子设备及存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116567822A (zh) 2023-08-08
KR20230093508A (ko) 2023-06-27
EP4228317A1 (en) 2023-08-16
AU2021372786A9 (en) 2024-07-25
EP4228215A4 (en) 2024-04-03
EP4228317A4 (en) 2024-04-10
TW202220406A (zh) 2022-05-16
TW202344004A (zh) 2023-11-01
AU2021372786B2 (en) 2024-08-15
EP4228215A1 (en) 2023-08-16
US20230354284A1 (en) 2023-11-02
AU2021372786A1 (en) 2023-06-08
CN116528371A (zh) 2023-08-01
KR20230093509A (ko) 2023-06-27
JP2023548480A (ja) 2023-11-17
WO2022089554A1 (zh) 2022-05-05
TW202349905A (zh) 2023-12-16
TWI848797B (zh) 2024-07-11
CN116528371B (zh) 2024-02-13
JP2023547491A (ja) 2023-11-10
US11985096B2 (en) 2024-05-14
TWI810692B (zh) 2023-08-01
US20230261849A1 (en) 2023-08-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022100492A1 (zh) Ppdu中空间复用参数字段的确定方法及相关装置
TWI792824B (zh) 時間資源分配和接收方法及相關裝置
WO2022068689A1 (zh) 物理层协议数据单元ppdu传输方法及相关装置
WO2022257836A1 (zh) Ppdu传输方法及相关装置
WO2022089553A1 (zh) Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置
TW202315373A (zh) 實體層協定資料單元傳輸方法及裝置
WO2022127377A1 (zh) 空间复用参数指示和空间复用参数字段的确定方法及装置
US20240356716A1 (en) Ppdu uplink bandwidth indication method and related apparatus
TWI854174B (zh) 空間複用參數指示和空間複用參數欄位的確定方法及裝置
WO2022188642A1 (zh) 基于触发的空数据分组传输方法及相关装置
CN114501638A (zh) Ppdu的上行带宽指示方法及相关装置
WO2023030481A1 (zh) 物理层协议数据单元传输方法及相关装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21885280

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023526425

Country of ref document: JP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112023007935

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021885280

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230511

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237018078

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202337036554

Country of ref document: IN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112023007935

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20230426